SÁCH LUYỆN 10 - HS. ly tu trong

Ly Tu Trong Secondary School
Highschool
Entrance
Examination
E9
Ms. Phuong Le
Ms. Phuong Le – 0336 797 636 High school Entrance Examination 2023
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. TRỌNG ÂM....................................................................................................................................................... 4
2. PHÁT ÂM .......................................................................................................................................................... 7
3. WORD FORMS ............................................................................................................................................ 12
4. TENSES ........................................................................................................................................................... 21
5. ADJECTIVES ............................................................................................................................................... 28
6. VERB FORMS .............................................................................................................................................. 33
7. WISH CLAUSE ............................................................................................................................................ 37
8. VOCABULARY ............................................................................................................................................ 39
9. IF CLAUSES ................................................................................................................................................. 42
10. REPORTED SPEECH .......................................................................................................................... 45
11. PASSIVE VOICE ...................................................................................................................................... 51
12. RELATIVE CLAUSES .......................................................................................................................... 56
13. TAG QUESTION ...................................................................................................................................... 61
14. CONJUNCTIONS .................................................................................................................................... 63
15. PHRASAL VERBS .................................................................................................................................. 65
16. COMMUNICATIVE FUNCTION .................................................................................................... 66
18. PREPOSITIONS ...................................................................................................................................... 75
19. MISTAKES .................................................................................................................................................. 83
20. CẤU TRÚC ĐẶC BIỆT ........................................................................................................................... 85
READING COMPREHENSION .............................................................................................................. 88
PRACTICE TESTS ........................................................................................................................................100
“I never regret the things I’ve done. I only regret the things I didn’t do when I had the chance.” 1
SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐỀ MINH HOẠ TUYỂN SINH LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2023 - 2024
TỈNH TÂY NINH Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (Không kể thời gian giao đề)
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress
in each of the following questions.
Question 1. A. comic B. region C. campus D. control
Question 2. A. mineral B. generous C. collection D. teenager
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in
pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. climate B. sticky C. predict D. invent
Question 4. A. decided B. stopped C. walked D. noticed
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 5. It is ____ of you to leave the medicine where the children could get it.
A. care B. carefully C. careless D. careful
Question 6. I ____ to New York three times this year.
A. have been B. was C. were D. had been
Question 7. He's one of the most ____ people I've ever met.
A. bored B. boring C. bore D. boredom
Question 8. I suggest ____ to the cinema for a change.
A. go B. to go C. should go D. going
Question 9. I wish I ____ tall enough to take part in the game.
A. am B. will be C. were D. would be
Question 10. Please phone this number for more ____.
A. matter B. information C. problem D. mistake
Question 11. If we want to save money, we should ____ the amount of water our family uses.
A. increase B. reduce C. adapt D. repair
Question 12. A ____ is a large amount of water covering an area that is usually dry.
A. tidal wave B. tornado C. deforestation D. flood
Question 13. Janice and Mike are getting married soon. They plan to have a small ____ with just a
few family members.
A. marriage B. celebration C. anniversary D. wedding ceremony
Question 14. Wearing ____ helps students feel equal in many ways.
A. clothes B. ties C. jackets D. uniforms
Question 15. She asked me what time ____ home.
A. will I go B. I will go C. would I go D. I would go
Question 16. That bridge ____ when I was here last year.
A. built B. was built C. was being built D. was building
Question 17. I enjoy my job because I like the people with ____ I work.
A. who B. whom C. whose D. that
Question 18. He phoned me when I was out, ____ ?
A. didn't he B. did he C. does he D. doesn't he
Question 19. They enjoyed their holiday ____ it rained a lot.
A. despite B. although C. because D. so
Question 20. ____ the lights when you go out.
A. Put on B. Turn off C. Put off D. Tum on
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the
following questions.
Question 21. I think it's important to listen to both sides of the argument.
A. talk B. speak C. advise D. pay attention
Question 22. Rapid run-off would cause frequent floods and leave little water during dry seasons.
A. Quick B. Weak C. Slow D. Strong
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the option that best completes each of the following exchanges.
Question 23. A: "How do you do. I'm Jack." - B: " _____ "
A. Very well, thank you B. How do you do C. Thank you D. What do you do
Question 24. John: "I've passed my final exam." - Tom: " ____ "
A. Good luck. B. It's nice of you to say so.C. That's a good idea. D. Congratulations!
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits
each of the numbered blanks.
New Year is one of the most important festivals in the United States. On New Year's Eve, most people go to the
parties. At twelve o'clock (25) __ night, everyone says "Happy New Year" and they (26)____ their friends and
relatives good luck. New Year's Eve is usually a long night to many people. They don't go home until morning.
Another holiday, Halloween, is mainly for children. On this holiday, children (27) ____ as witches, ghosts or others.
Most children go from house to house asking for candy or fruit. (28) ___ the people at the house do not give them
candy, the children will (29)____ a trick on them. But this hardly ever happens. Many people give them candy or
fruit.
Question 25. A. on B. at C. in D. for
Question 26. A. dream B. greet C. wish D. congratulate
Question 27. A. wear B. dress C. put on D. take off
Question 28. A. Whether B. So C. Although D. If
Question 29. A. say B. tell C. play D. speak
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
questions.
One of the main sources for the spreading of news and events throughout the world is the newspaper.
The purpose of newspapers is to inform the public of political, social, economic and entertainment happenings,
among other things. Generally, there are three types of newspapers: daily newspapers, weekly newspapers, and
special-interest newspapers. Daily newspapers publish at least one edition every weekday. Most dailies also have a
weekend edition. Daily newspapers often have sections for news, sports, arts and entertainment, business and
classified advertising. Weekly newspapers are printed once a week and cover news of interest to readers in a smaller
area than that of a daily paper. They focus on local happenings rather than national or international events. Special-
interest newspapers may be published daily, weekly, monthly, or even less frequently. They generally disseminate
news of interest to a particular group of readers or feature news about a specific topic.
Thanks to the development of the Internet, we can now get access to electronic newspapers. To some extent, e-
newspapers are cheap, up-to-date, and convenient for most readers in the world.
Question 30. What does the text mainly discuss?
A. Daily newspapers. B. Weekly newspapers.
C. Special-interest newspapers. D. Types of newspaper.
Question 31. The word "that" in paragraph 2 refers to ___ _
A. area B. news C. edition D. section
Question 32. Most daily newspapers publish ___ _
A. only one edition every weekday B. one edition every weekend
C. at least once every weekday and once at weekendD. one different edition for one different section
Question 33. Weekly newspapers usually focus on ___ _
A. local happenings B. national happenings
C. international happenings D. local and international happenings
Question 34. We can easily get access to electronic newspapers because they are ___ _
A. modem, up-to-date but expensive B. cheap, up-to-date and convenient worldwide
C. quick, cheap and convenient D. modem, quick and up-to-date
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following
questions.
Question 35. She stopped his car, got out and looking around .
A. stopped B. out C. looking D. around
Question 36. Although his family is poor, but he studies very well .
A. is B. but C. studies D. well
Question 37. The package must be wrapped carefully before it is post .
A. The package B. must be wrapped C. before D. post
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is CLOSEST in meaning to each of the following questions.
Question 38. Fiona has been typing the report for an hour.
A. It took Fiona an hour to type the report. B. It is an hour since Fiona started typing the report.
C. Fiona finished the report an hour ago. D. Fiona will finish typing the report in an hour.
Question 39. Charlie said, "I'm thinking of going to live in Canada".
A. Charlie said that I was thinking of going to live in Canada.
B. Charlie said that I am thinking of going to live in Canada.
C. Charlie said that he was thinking of going to live in Canada.
D. Charlie said that he is thinking of going to live in Canada.
Question 40. Nobody has invited her to the party.
A. No one has been invited to the party. B. She has invited nobody to the party.
C. Nobody has given a party to her. D. She hasn't been invited to the party.
----HẾT---
1. TRỌNG ÂM
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 1. A. comic B. region C. campus D. control
Question 2. A. mineral B. generous C. collection D. teenager
Quy tắc Ví dụ Ngoại lệ

Danh từ có 2 Trọng âm thường rơi vào âm candy, father, table, office, sister guitar, patrol,
âm tiết tiết đầu. manure
Tính từ có 2 âm Trọng âm thường rơi vào âm basic, busy, handsome, lucky, pretty, divine, severe
tiết tiết đầu. silly
Động từ có 2 Trọng âm thường rơi vào âm assist, forget, collect
âm tiết tiết thứ hai.
Nếu động từ có tận cùng các -er: enter, order, flatter prefer, refer
đuôi sau thì trọng âm rơi vào -ern: govern allow
âm tiết đầu. -en: open, deepen
-y: study, carry, hurry
-ow: follow
-ish: finish, polish
-le: needle, struggle
-el: travel
-age: ravage, mortgage
Danh từ ghép Trọng âm của từ thường là shortlist, bathroom, suitcase, footpath,
trọng âm của phần thứ nhất. ecotourism
Tính từ ghép Trọng âm của từ thường là home-sick, water-proof
trọng âm của phần thứ nhất.
Tính từ ghép có từ đầu tiên là bad-tempered
tính từ/ trạng từ/ có đuôi 'ed': well-done
trọng âm của từ là trọng âm của short-handed
phần thứ hai. old-fashioned
Động từ ghép Trọng âm của từ thường là overflow
trọng âm của phần thứ hai underestimate
outperform
Hậu tố Các từ tận cùng bằng các đuôi -ic: economic, historic politic, arithmetic
sau thì trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết -ical: economical, political ignorant
trước đuôi đó. -ance: attendance television
-ence: dependence hypothesis
-ant: attendant
-ent: dependent
-ish: accomplish
-ion: commission, revision
-ient: efficient
-ience: conscience
-iency: efficiency
-ious: suspicious
-eous: spontaneous
-uous: continuous
-ous: tremendous
-cious: precious
-tious: infectious
-xious: anxious
-iar: familiar
-ior: interior
-ular: particular, regular
-ian: comedian, librarian
-tial: essential
-cial: special
-ible: possible
-able: acceptable
-ory: memory
-ury: injury
-ary: elementary
-ive: expensive, instinctive
-is: diagnosis, tuberculosis
-ature: literature
-ogy: geology
-omy: anatomy
Các từ tận cùng bằng các đuôi -ite: appetite contribute
sau thì trọng âm rơi cách đuôi -ate: considerate, compensate
đó một âm tiết. -ude: altitude, gratitude
-ute: institute, constitute
-ty: variety, ability, capacity
-phy: photography, geography
-ply: multiply
-try: geometry
-cy: democracy
-fy: simplify
Các từ tận cùng bằng các đuôi -ade: lemonade comrade
sau thì trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết -ee: referee, attendee employee,
đó. -ese: Vietnamese committee
-eer: engineer, mountaineer etiquette
-ette: cigarette
-oo: bamboo, taboo
-oon: balloon, afternoon
-ain(v): entertain, complain
-esque: picturesque
-ect: effect, correct
-mental: fundamental
-ever: wherever
-dict: predict, contradict
-self: yourself
-rupt: corrupt, interrupt
-vent: prevent, circumvent
-end: comprehend
Các từ tận cùng bằng các đuôi -ment: agreement
sau thì trọng âm của từ gốc -ship: relationship
không thay đổi. -ize: computerize
-er: lecturer
-or: advisor
-ar: beggar
-ist: economist
-ism: criticism
-ance: resistance
-ant: tolerant
-hood: brotherhood
-ing: interesting
-age: package
-en: widen
-ful: beautiful
-able: acceptable
-ible: comprehensible
-less: thoughtless
-ness: happiness
-ly: directly
-like: childlike
-al: approval
-y: delivery
-cy: urgency
-ce: patience
Tiền tố Tiền tố không làm thay đổi un-: unimportant
trọng âm của từ gốc. in-: incomplete
ir-: irrelevant
dis-: dissatisfied
non-: nonsmoker
en-: encourage
re-: rearrange
over-: overpopulated
under-: underdeveloped
Exercise 1:
Choose the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
1. A. mountaineer B. photography C. employ D. mosquito
2. A. community B. minority C. biology D. dormitory
3. A. outbreaks B. outdoors C. outskirts D. outcomes
4. A. Arabic B. aerobics C. lunatic D. politics
5. A. advisable B. admirable C. reliable D. desirable
Exercise 2:
1. A. comprise B. convert C. conceal D. combat
2. A. volunteer B. absentee C. committee D. entertain
3. A. scandal B. dental C. canal D. rental
4. A. devastator B. nominate C. interest D. establish
5. A. Canada B. Brazil C. Japan D. Bulgaria
Exercise 3:
1. A. positive B. parade C. sentence D. analyse
2. A. positive B. parade C. sentence D. analyse
3. A. marine B. survey C. unique D. pipette
4. A. immediate B. notice C. comfortable. D. nervous
5. A. human B. unity C. colleague D. canteen
Exercise 4:
1. A. profile B. morale C. blindfold D. insight
2. A. wholesale B. workforce C. pretty D. retail
3. A. condition B. experiment C. indicate D. ability
4. A. maintain B. realize C. newspaper D. bargain
5. A. cigarette B. introduce C. understand D. personal
Exercise 5:
1. A. reserve B. service C. derive D. combine
2. A. immortal B. restaurant C. industry D. ambulance
3. A. divide B. suspect C. succeed D. multiply
4. A. district B. insect C. discus D. dismiss
5. A. restaurant B. supportive C. complaint D. affect
Exercise 6:
1. A. fortunately B. entertain C. recommend D. disappear
2. A. energy B. register C. limited D. dismiss
3. A. attack B. forever C. supply D. military
4. A. detective B. organize C. customer D. brochure
5. A. research B. composer C. machine D. champion
Exercise 7:
1. A. machine B. memory C. ceiling D. cottage
2. A. essential B. average C. promotion D. deliver
3. A. advance B. ancient C.cancer D. annual
Exercise 8:
1. A. dinosaur B. connective C. contain D. improve
2. A. perfect B. detect C. elect D. respect
3. A. language B. recent C. courage D. production
4. A. assign B. famous C. mention D. product
2. PHÁT ÂM
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the
other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. climate B. sticky C. predict D. invent
Question 4. A. decided B. stopped C. walked D. noticed
Trong hệ thống ngữ âm của tiếng Anh có 24 phụ âm (consonants), 22 nguyên âm (vowels) và
nguyên âm đôi (diphthongs).
NGUYÊN ÂM
Chữ cái a thường được phát âm là:
• /ae/: map, national
• /eɪ/: take, nature
• /ᴐ/ (đặc biệt trước chữ cái l): all, altogether
• /ɒ/: want, quality
• /e/: many, any
• /ɪ/: message, dosage
• /ə/: afraid, familiar
• /ɑ:/: after, car
Chữ cái e thường được phát âm là:
• /e/: educate, flexible
• /ɪ/: explore, replace
• /i:/: fever, gene
/ə/: interest, cameraChữ cái i thường được phát âm là:
• /ɪ/: fit, slippery
• /ai/: strive, mice
• /ə/: terrible, principle
Chữ cái o thường được phát âm là:
• /ɒ/: bottle, floppy
• /ɔ:/: boring, lord
• /ᴧ/: son, done
• /əʊ/ go, post
• /ə/: computer, purpose
• /wᴧ/: one /wᴧn/, once /wᴧns/
Chữ cái u thường được phát âm là:
• /ʊ/: put, push
• /u:/: include
• /ju:/: computer, human
• /ᴧ/: much, cut
• /ə/: success
• /з:/: burn
Chữ cái y thường được phát âm là:
• /ɪ/: physics, myth
• /i/: city, worry
• /ai/: shỵ, multiply
Một số nhóm chữ cái nguyên âm thường gặp
Nhóm chữ cái Cách phát âm thường gặp Ví dụ

/ei/ main, entertain
-ai-
/eə/ fair, armchair
-ay- /ei/ say, stay
-au- /ɔ:/ audience, naughty
-aw- /ɔ:/ awful, law
/e/ dead
-ea-
/eɪ/ great, break
/i:/ bean, beat
/ɪə/ fear, year
/з:/ heard, earth
/eɪ/ eight, weight
/i:/ deceive, ceiling
-ei-
/aɪ/ height
-ey- /i:/ key
/i:/ cheese, employee
-ee-
/ɪə/ engineer, deer
/i:/ piece, relieve
/aɪ/ tie, lie
-ie- /ə/ ancient, proficient
/aɪə/ quiet, society
/əʊ/ load, toast
-oa-
/ɔ:/ abroad, broaden
-oe- /əʊ/ toe, foe
-oi- hoặc –oy- /ɔɪ/ voice, join, joy
/u:/ tool, moon
/ʊ/ book, foot
-oo-
/ʌ/ flood, blood
/ʊ/ could, would
/u:/ group, souvenir
/ə/ famous, tremendous
-ou- /ʌ/ trouble, couple
/əʊ/ soul, mould
/aʊ/ mouse, account
-ow- /aʊ/ cow, brown
/əʊ/ throw, know
-ui- /ɪ/ build, guitar
-uy- /aɪ/ buy, guy
-ew- /ju:/ new, dew
PHỤ ÂM
Chữ cái c thường được phát âm là:
• /k/: can, close
• /s/ (đặc biệt khi nó đứng trước i, e hoặc y): city, certify, cycle
• /ʃ/: special, ocean
Chữ cái d thường được phát âm là:
• /d/: day, demand
• /dʒ/: educate, graduate
Chữ cái g thường được phát âm là:
• /g/: gain, regular
• /dʒ/ (đặc biệt khi nó đứng trước i, e, hoặc y):origin, germ, gymnast
• /ʒ/: garage, beige
Chữ cái n thường được phát âm là:
• /n/: not, fun
• /ŋ/: uncle, drink
Chữ cái s thường được phát âm là:
• /s/: son, economist
• /z/: rise, resumption
• /ʃ/: sure, sugar
• /ʒ/: usually, occasion
Chữ cái t thường được phát âm là:
• /t/: ten, pretend
• /tʃ/: culture, question
• /ʃ/: mention, initial
Chữ cái x thường được phát âm là:
• /gz/: example, exist
• /ks/: box, mixture
• /kʃ/: luxury, anxious
Một số nhóm chữ cái phụ âm thường gặp
Nhóm chữ cái Cách phát âm thường gặp Ví dụ

-ch- /k/ chemist, mechanic
/tʃ/ chair, lunch
/ʃ/ machine, chef
-gh- hoặc -ph- /f/ rough, laugh photograph, paragraph
-qu- /kw/ queen, require

-sh- /ʃ/ share, smash
-th- /θ/ think, depth
/ð/ them, without
Cách phát âm tận cùng -s hoặc -es
• Phát âm là /iz/ khi âm cuối của từ đó là /s/, /ʃ/, /t ʃ/, /z/, /dʒ/.
Ví dụ: crosses /'krɔ:sɪz/, pushes /'poʃɪz/, watches /'wɒtʃɪz/, buzzes /'bʌzɪz/, changes /'tʃeɪdʒɪz/
• Phát âm là /s/ khi âm cuối của từ đó là: /f/, /k/, /p/, /t/, /θ/.
Ví dụ: laughs /la:fs/, parks /pa:ks/, hopes /həʊps/, hates /heɪts/, cloths /klɒθs/.
• Phát âm là /z/ khi âm cuối của từ đó là: /b/, /d/, /g/, /l/, /m/, /n/, /r/, /v/, /ð/, /ŋ/ và các nguyên âm.
Cách phát âm của tận cùng -ed của động từ có quy tắc
• Phát âm là /id/ khi âm cuối của động từ nguyên mẫu là: /t/, /d/.
Ví dụ: waited /'weɪtɪd/, added /'ædɪd/.
• Phát âm là /t/ khi âm cuối của động từ nguyên mẫu là: /f/, /k/, /p/, /s/, /tʃ/, và /ʃ/.
Ví dụ: coughed /kɒft/, talked /tɔ:kt/, stopped /stɒpt/, watched /wɒtʃt/, brushed /brʌʃt/.
• Phát âm là /d/ khi âm cuối của động từ nguyên mẫu là: /b/, /g/, /l/, /m/, /n/, /dʒ/,
/r/, /v/, /z/ và các nguyên âm.
ÂM CÂM
Chữ cái – Trường hợp thường gặp Ví dụ

b đứng cuối trong một số từ (thường đi sau m) climb, dumb, comb doubt, debt
b đứng trước t
c đứng trước k snack, dock
c đứng sau s trong một số từ scene, muscle, science
d trong một số từ handsome, Wednesday
h trong một số từ hour, exhausted
gh trong một số từ (đặc biệt là sau i) weigh, sight
k đứng trước n know, knee, knife
l trong một số từ half, could
n đứng sau m autumn, condemn
p đứng đâu một từ, theo sau là một phụ âm và một số trường hợp khác psychology, receipt
r đứng trước một phụ âm khác hoặc đứng cuối từ đó card, park, farm, burn, neighbour,
t trong một số từ listen, castle
w đứng trước r hoặc h trong một số từ wreck, who
Exercise 1:
Choose the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the
1. A. boil B. trolley C. boring D. oil
2. A. responsible B. proper C. sociable D. project
3. A. driven B. drink C. gratitude D. diverse
4. A. candy B. sandy C. many D. handy
5. A. elephant B. event C. engineer D. let
Exercise 2:
1. A. dramatic B. dragoon C. draft D. draconian
2. A. given B. risen C. ridden D. whiten
3. A. notebook B. hope C. cock D. potato
4. A. sin B. shiver C. singe D. sigh
5. A. busy B. friendly C. pretty D. pleasant
►► Giải thích đáp án:
Exercise 3:
1. A. restaurant B. mausoleum C. cause D. audience
2. A. brain B. said C. crane D. made
3. A. touch B. enough C. cousin D. doubt
4. A. leather B. legal C. species D. please
5. A. height B. weight C. freight D. sleigh
Exercise 4:
1. A. power B. slow C. snow D. show
2. A. fought B. bought C. drought D. ought
3. A. department B. supermarket C. warm D. smart
4. A. boat B. broad C. coast D. alone
5. A. look B. pull C. fool D. good
Exercise 5:
1. A. miles B. sleeps C. laughs D. unlocks
2. A. house B. history C. honest D. higher
3. A. wealth B. cloth C. with D. marathon
4. A. sugar B. surety C. sunny D. sugary
5. A. chronic B. change C. charity D. achievement
Exercise 6:
1. A. missed B. decided C. stopped D. walked
2. A. large B. vegetable C. angry D. gem
3. A. descend B. decent C. delicious D. percentage
4. A. comb B. plumb C. climb D. disturb
5. A. machine B. choice C. cheap D. change
Exercise 7:
1. A. leisure B. occasion C. pleasure D. cosy
2. A. listened B. liked C. watched D. stopped
3. A. book B. floor C. hook D. cooker
4. A. bush B. brush C. bus D. cup
5. A. flamer B. fame C. came D. manner
Exercise 8:
1. A. over B. rose C. cover D. chosen
2. A. honor B. himself C. heart D. honey
3. A. gain B. good C. discourage D. god
4. A. sugar B. surety C. sunny D. sugary
5. A. mischief B. relief C. belief D. chief
3. WORD FORMS
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following
questions.
Question 5. It is ____ of you to leave the medicine where the children could get it.
A. care B. carefully C. careless D. careful
Bài tập cấu tạo từ thường kiểm tra tất cả các dạng từ loại như danh từ, tính từ, trạng từ, động từ.
Ví dụ: succeed (v), success (n), successful (adj), successfully (adv), unsuccessful (adj), unsuccessfully (adv)
Chọn từ thích hợp tương ứng với A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành Question sau:
He cycled and had an accident.
A. careful B. careless C. carefully D. carelessly
Để làm tốt dạng bài tập từ vựng, ta cần lưu ý các điểm sau đây:
Trong tiếng Anh có nhiều từ được sử dụng với những loại từ khác nhau và có nghĩa khác nhau.
Ví dụ: a cook (danh từ): đầu bếp, to cook (động từ): nấu ăn
a graduate (danh từ): sinh viên tốt nghiệp - to graduate (động từ): tốt nghiệp
Danh từ ghép
Danh từ + danh từ
a tennis club: Question lạc bộ quần vợt
a phone bill: hóa đơn điện thoại
a train journey: chuyến đi bằng tàu hỏa
Danh động từ + danh từ
a swimming pool: hồ bơi
a sleeping bag: túi ngủ
washing powder: bột giặt
Tính từ + danh từ
a greenhouse: nhà kính
a blackboard: bảng viết
a black sheep: kẻ hư hỏng
Một số ít danh từ ghép có thể gồm ba từ hoặc nhiều hơn:
merry-go-round (trò chơi ngựa quay)
forget-me-not (hoa lưu li)
mother-in-law (mẹ chồng/ mẹ vợ)
Danh từ ghép có thể được viết như:
• Hai từ rời: book seller (người bán sách), dog trainer (người huấn luyện chó)
• Hai từ có gạch nối ở giữa: waste-bin (giỏ rác), living-room (phòng khách)
• Một từ duy nhất: watchmaker (thợ chế tạo đồng hồ), schoolchildren (học sinh), chairman
(chủ tọa)
Tính từ ghép
Một từ duy nhất:
life + long → lifelong (cả đời) home + sick→ homesick (nhớ nhà)
Hai từ có dấu gạch nối ở giữa:
after + school → after-school (sau giờ học) back + up → back-up/ backup (giúp đỡ)
Nhiều từ có dấu gạch nối ở giữa:
a two-hour-long test (bài kiểm tra kéo dài 2 giờ) a ten-year-old boy (cậu bé lên mười)
Tính từ ghép có thể được tạo thành bởi:
Danh từ + tính từ:
duty-free (miễn thuế) noteworthy (đáng chú ý) nationwide (khắp nước) blood-thirsty (khát máu)
Danh từ + phân từ:
handmade (làm bằng tay) time-consuming (tốn thời gian)
breath-taking (đáng kinh ngạc) heart-broken (đau khổ)
Trạng từ + phân từ:
ill-equipped (trang bị kém) outspoken (thẳng thắn)
well-behaved (lễ phép) high-sounding (huênh hoang)
Tính từ + phân từ:
good-looking (xinh xắn) easy-going (thoải mái)
beautiful-sounding (nghe hay) middle-ranking (bậc trung)
Tính từ + danh từ kết hợp với tận cùng -ed:
old-fashioned (lỗi thời) absent-minded (đãng trí)
Hậu tố tạo động từ:

Từ gốc Hậu tố Nghĩa Ví dụ
Tính từ -en Động từ chỉ hành động tight → tighten
(khiến điều gì đó mang đặc điểm giống tính wide → widen
từ gốc) short → shorten
-ise/ ize Động từ chỉ hành động legal → legalise
(khiến điều gì đó mang đặc điểm giống tính vocal → vocalise
từ gốc) normal → normalise
Danh từ -en Động từ chỉ hành động strength → strengthen
(khiến điều gì đó mang đặc điểm của danh height → heighten
từ gốc) threat → threaten
-ise/ ize Động từ chỉ hành động author → authorise
(khiến điều gì đó mang đặc điểm của danh character → characterise custom →
từ gốc) customise
Tiền tố phủ định của tính từ
Tiên tố phủ định Ví dụ

im- (đứng trước tính từ băt đầu m hoặc p) immature, impatient
ir- (đứng trước tính từ băt đầu r) irreplaceable, irregular
il- (đứng trước tính từ bắt đầu l) illegal, illegible, illiterate
in- inconvenient, inedible
dis- disloyal, dissimilar
un- uncomfortable, unsuccessful
Lưu ý: Đối với các tiền tố in-, im-, ngoài ý nghĩa phủ định chúng còn mang nghĩa “bên trong; vào trong”.
Ví dụ: internal, income, import...
Các tiền tố un- và dis- còn được dùng để thành lập từ trái nghĩa của động từ: tie/untie, appear/disappear...
hoặc đảo ngược hành động của động từ: disbelieve, disconnect, dislike, disqualify, unbend, undo, undress, unfold,
unload, unlock, unwrap...
Ngoài ra ta còn có tiền tố phủ định de- và non: decentralize, nonsense...
Hậu tố tạo tính từ
Từ gốc Hậu tố Nghĩa Ví dụ
Danh từ -ous Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất poison → poisonous
outrage → outrageous
luxury → luxurious
-al Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất culture → cultural
function → functional environment →
environmental
-ic Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất drama → dramatic
class → classic
economy → economic
-ical Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất biology → biological
alphabet → alphabetical psychology →
psychological
-ish Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất fool → foolish
book → bookish
girl → girlish
-ive Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất expense → expensive
product → productive
mass → massive
-ful Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất (mang hope → hopeful
nghĩa khẳng định, có) use → useful
power → powerful
-less Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất (mang harm →harmless
nghĩa phủ định, không có) help → helpless
home → homeless
-ant Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất (thường brilliance → brilliant abundance →
bỏ đuôi 'ce' ở danh từ] abundant elegance → elegant
-able Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất reason → reasonable
remark → remarkable
comfort → comfortable
-y Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất salt → salty
bush → bushy
dirt → dirty
-ly Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất week → weekly
man → manly
friend → friendly
-ate Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất passion → passionate
fortune → fortunate
temper → temperate
Động từ -able Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất (có thể accept → acceptable
thực hiện được) love → loveable
bear → bearable
-ible Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất (có thể respond → responsible
(đuôi 't'/d' → thực hiện được) access → accessible
lược bỏ) compress → compressible
-ive Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất attract → attractive
act → active
possess → possessive
-ent / ant Tính từ chỉ đặc điểm, tính chất differ → different
import → important
depend → dependent
Hậu tố tạo danh từ
Hậu tố Ý nghĩa Ví dụ
-er -chỉ người thực hiện một hành động writer, painter, worker, actor, operator
-or -ta còn dùng hậu tố này cho rất nhiều động từ để
hình thành danh từ
-er/-or dùng chỉ vật thực hiện một công việc nhất định pencil-sharpener, grater, bottle-opener,
projector
-ee chỉ người nhận hoặc trải qua một hành động nào đó employee, payee
-tion dùng để hình thành danh từ từ động từ complication admission donation, alteration
-sion
-ion
-ment chỉ hành động hoặc kết quả bombardment development
-ist -chỉ người Buddhist, Marxist, Buddhism, communism
-ism -chỉ hoạt động hoặc hệ tư tưởng (hai hậu tố này dùng
cho chính trị, niềm tin và hệ tư tưởng hoặc ý thức
hệ của con người)
-ist còn dùng để chỉ người chơi một loại nhạc cụ, guitarist, violinist, pianist, economist,
chuyên gia một lĩnh vực... biologist
-ness dùng để hình thành danh từ từ tính từ goodness, readiness, forgetfulness,
happiness, sadness, weakness
-hood chỉ trạng thái hoặc phẩm chât childhood, falsehood
-ship chỉ trạng thái, phẩm chất, tình trạng, khả năng friendship, citizenship, musicianship,
hoặc nhóm membership
TIỀN TỐ CÓ DẤU GẠCH NỐI

Tiền tố Ý nghĩa Ví dụ
anti- chống lại anti-war, antisocial
auto- tự động auto-pilot, autography
bi- hai, hai lần bicycle, bilingual
ex- trước đây ex-wife, ex-smoker
micro- nhỏ bé microwave, microscopic
mis- tồi tệ, sai misunderstand, misinform
mono- một, đơn lẻ monotone, monologue
muliti- nhiều multi-national, multi-purpose
over- nhiều, quá mức overdo, overtired, overeat
post- sau postwar, postgraduate
pre- trước pre-war, pre-judge
pro- tán thành, ủng hộ pro-government, pro-revolutionary
pseudo- giả pseudo-scientific
re~ lần nữa, trở lại retype, reread, rewind
semi- phân nửa semi-final, semicircular
sub- bên dưới subway, subdivision
under- thiếu, không đủ underworked, undercooked
★ Vị trí danh từ
•
Sau Tính từ (adj + N) hot water
•
Sau Mạo từ: a /an /the a book
•
Sau Từ chỉ định: this, that, these, those, every, each, ... this
house
• Sau Từ chỉ số lượng: many, some, few, little, several... many
bags
• Sau Tính từ sở hữu: my, his, her, your, our, their, its... my
telephone
• Sau ngoại động từ (V cần O) She buys a bike
• Sau giới từ (prep. + N) She talks about animals all the time.
★ Vị trí tính từ
- Tính từ đứng trước: danh từ và đứng trước enough
- Tính từ đứng sau:
• động từ như: become (trở nên), get (trở nên), look (nhìn, trông), feel (cảm thấy), taste (có vị),
smell (có mùi), seem (dường như)...
Ví dụ: She looks tired.
• Sau các trạng từ như: extremely (cực kỳ), completely (hoàn toàn), really (thực sự), terribly,
very, quite, rather...
Ví dụ: extremely hot (cực nóng)
• Sau too (too + adj: quá...).
Ví dụ: too cold (quá lạnh), too far (quá xa) o Tính từ dùng trong Question cảm thán:
• How + adj + S + V!
Ví dụ: How beautiful the girl is! What + (a / an) + adj + N!
Ví dụ: What an excellent student!
★ Vị trí động từ
• Sau chủ ngữ (khi làm động từ chính)
• Trong mệnh đề rút gọn
• Sau các động từ (làm bổ ngữ cho động từ phía trước)
• Đứng sau trạng từ chỉ mức độ thường xuyên
★ Vị trí trạng từ
o Trạng từ đứng sau động từ: S + V + adv
Ví dụ: She talks loudly.
Ví dụ: She speaks English fluently.
o Trạng từ đứng ngay trước tính từ hoặc phân từ quá khứ để bổ trợ nghĩa cho tính từ đó.
S + to be + adv + adj
Ví dụ: I am terribly sorry for that.
Bảng từ loại thông dụng
Động từ Danh từ Tính từ Trạng từ

accept (chấp nhận) acceptance acceptable
unacceptable
advantage (sự thuận lợi) advantaged (có điều kiện tốt) advantageously
disadvantage disadvantaged
advantageous (có lợi)
apologize (xin lỗi) apology apologetic
appreciate (đánh giá cao, appreciation appreciative
trân trọng)
attention (sự chú ý) attentive (chú tâm, chú ý)
attend (tham dự) attendance (sự tham dự) inattentive
appear (xuất hiện) appearance apparent apparently
disappear (biến mất) disappearance (hiên nhiên, rõ ràng)
apply (nộp hồ sơ) application (lời xin, đơn xin)
applicant (người nộp hồ sơ)
approve (tán thành) approval
disapprove (không tán disapproval
thành)
attract (thu hút) attraction (sự thu hút) Attractive (hấp dẫn) attractively
attractiveness (tính thu hút) unattractive
attracted (bị thu hút)
Advertise (quảng cáo) advertising (sự quảng cáo)
advertisement (sự quảng
cáo, mục quảng cáo)
advertiser (nhà quảng cáo)
benefit (giúp ích) benefit (lợi ích) beneficial (có lợi)
believe (tin tưởng) belief (niềm tin) believer believable (có thể tin được) believably
(tín đồ) unbelievable unbelievably
biology (sinh vật học)
biologist (nhà sinh vật học) biological biologically
competition (cuộc thi)
compete (cạnh tranh, competitor (người tham gia)
tranh đua) competitive competitively
construct (xây dựng) constructive (tích cực, mang
construction tính xây dựng) constructively
continuous (tiếp diễn, liên tục)
continual (lặp đi lặp lại, continuously
continue (tiếp tục) continuation thường xuyên) continually
contribution(sự đóng góp) contributory
contribute (đóng góp) contributor (người đóng non-contributory
góp)
conservation (sự bảo tồn, sự
bảo quản) conservationist conservative (bảo thủ)
conserve (bảo tồn) (nhà bảo tồn) conservatively
creation (sự sáng tạo)
create (tạo ra) creativity (tính sáng tạo) creative (sáng tạo) creatively
creator (người tạo ra)
endanger (gây nguy hiểm) danger (sự nguy hiểm) dangerous (nguy hiểm) dangerously
endangered (bị nguy hiểm)
developed (phát triển)
developing (đang phát triển) develop (phát
develop (phát triển) development (sự phát triển) underdeveloped (chậm phát triển)
triển)
dependence (sự phụ thuộc) dependent (phụ thuộc)
independence (sự độc lập) independent (độc lập)
depend (phụ thuộc)
destruction (sự phá hủy) destructive (có tính chất phá
destroy (phá hủy) destructiveness (tính phá hoại) destructively
hoại)
direct (chỉ dẫn) direction(sự chỉ dẫn)
director (đạo diễn)
differ (khác, không giống) different (khác biệt)
difference (sự khác biệt) indifferent (hờ hửng) differently
disappoint (làm thất vọng) disappointment (sự thất disappointed (bị thất vọng)
vọng) disappointing (thất vọng) disappointingly
economic (thuộc về kinh tế)
economize (tiết kiệm) economy (nền kinh tế) economical (tiết kiệm)
economics (kinh tế học) economically
education (sự/nên giáo dục) educational (thuộc giáo dục,
educator (người làm công mang tính giáo dục)
tác giáo dục) educationalist educated (được giáo dục)
educate (giáo dục) (nhà giáo dục) educationally
employment (việc làm) employed (có việc làm)
employ (thuê, tuyển dụng) unemployment employer unemployed
(người chủ) employee (nhân
viên)
environment (môi trường)
environmentalist (người bảo environmental (thuộc về môi
vệ môi trường) trường) environmentally
excite (kích thích, gây hào excitement (sự hào hứng) excited exciting excitedly excitingly
hứng)
experience (trải nghiệm, experienced (có kinh nghiệm)
experience (trải qua) kinh nghiệm) inexperienced
explain (giải thích) explanation (sự/ lời giải explanatory (có tính giải thích)
thích)
forest (rừng) afforestation
(sự trồng rừng)
Afforest (trồng rừng) deforestation (sự phá rừng)
harm (sự tổn hại) harmful (có hại) harmfully
harm (gây hại) harmfulness (tính gây hại) harmless (vô hại) harmlessly
harmlessness
hope (niềm hi vọng)
hopefulness (tính đầy hi hopeful (đầy hi vọng) hopefully
hope (hi vọng) vọng) hopeless (vô vọng) hopelessly
hopelessness
information (thông tin) informative (chứa nhiều thông
informer (người cung cấp tin) informed (có hiểu biết)
inform (thông báo) thông tin)
imaginary (không thật, do
imagine (tưởng tượng) imagination (sự tưởng tưởng tượng)
tượng) imaginative (giàu trí tưởng imaginatively
tượng)
impress (gây ân tượng) impression (ấn tượng) impressive (gây ấn tượng) impressively
improve (cải thiện) improvement (sự cải thiện) improved (được cải thiện)
know (biết) knowledge (kiên thức, sự knowledgeable (hiêu biết) knowledgeably
hiểu biết)
life (cuộc sống) alive (còn sống)
lifestyle (lối sống) lively (sống động)
live (sống) living (sự kiếm sống) living (đang tồn tại)
livelihood (sinh kế) lifelong (suốt đời)
lifespan = life expectancy live (trực tiếp)
(tuổi thọ) lifelike (giống như thật)
major (chính yêu) majority (đa sô)
minor (nhỏ, thứ yếu) minority (thiểu số)
marry (kêt hôn) marriage (hôn nhân) married unmarried
necessitate (làm cho cái gì necessity (thứ cần thiết) necessary (cân thiêt) unnecessaribly
cần thiết) unnecessary
obey (tuân theo) obedience (sự tuân theo) obedient (vâng lời) obediently
disobedience disobedient disobediently
oppose (chống đổi) opposition (sự chống đối) opposed opposing
opponent (đổi thủ)
patience (sự kiên nhẫn) patient (kiên nhẫn) patiently
impatience impatient impatiently
popularize (phổ cập) popularity (tính phô biên) popular unpopular popularly
possibility (khả năng, sự có possible (có thể) possibly
thể) impossible impossibly
impossibility
prefer (thích hơn) preference (sự ưu tiên) preferential (ưu đãi) preferably
preferable (thích hơn)
product (sản phâm) produce
[U] (sản phẩm nói chung)
produce (sản xuất, tạo ra) productivity (năng suất) productive (sinh lợi, có năng
producer (nhà sản xuất) suất)
profitable (có thê mang lại lợi
nhuận) non-profit (phi lợi
profit (lợi nhuận) nhuận) profitably
profitability (tính có lợi) profitless (vô dụng)
protective (bảo hộ, che chở)
protected (được bảo vệ)
protect (bảo vệ) protection (sự bảo vệ) protectively
pollute (làm ô nhiễm) pollution (sự ô nhiêm)
pollutant (chất gây ô nhiễm) polluted (bị ô nhiễm)
public (công chúng, quần
publicize (quảng cáo, làm chúng) publicity (sự công
cho mọi người biết) khai, sự quảng cáo) publicist public (công cộng) publicly
(người làm quảng cáo)
recognizable (có thể nhận ra
recognize (nhận ra) recognition được) recognizably
unrecognizable
reduce (làm giảm) reduction (sự cắt giảm)
refuse (từ chối) refusal
repeated (lặp đi lặp lại)
repeatable (có thế nhắc lại)
repeat (lặp lại) repetition repeatedly
responsibility (trách nhiệm) responsible (có trách nhiệm)
irresponsible responsibly
satisfy (làm hài lòng, thoả satisfied (thoả mãn)
mãn) satisfaction satisfactory (thoả đáng)
science (khoa học) scientific scientifically
scientist (nhà khoa học)
secure (bảo vệ) security (sự an toàn) secure (an toàn) securely
insecure
shortage (sự thiếu hụt)
shorten (làm ngắn lại) shortlist (danh sách rút gọn) shortly (nhanh,
shortcoming (thiếu sót) short sớm)
signify (làm cho có ý nghĩa) significance (ý nghĩa, tầm significant (có ý nghĩa) significantly
quan trọng)
solution (giải pháp) solver solvable (có thể giải quyết
solve (giải quyết) (người tìm ra giải pháp) được)
submit (nộp) submission (sự nộp, bài nộp)
succeed (thành công) success successful successfully
unsuccessful unsuccessfully
survive (sống sót) survival (sự sống sót)
value (đánh giá, định giá) valuable (có giá trị)
value (giá trị) unvaluable invaluable (vô giá)
various (nhiều, đa dạng)
variable (hay thay đổi) varied
vary (thay đổi) variety (sự đa dạng) (khác nhau) variably
wide (rộng rãi) widespread
widen (mở rộng) width (bề rộng) (rộng khắp) widely
wisdom (sự khôn ngoan) wise (khôn ngoan) wisely
unwise
1 Despite his , he succeeded in learning foreign language.

A disables B. disabled C. disability D. disable
2 Our hospital has many well- doctors.
A. qualified B. qualify C. quality D. qualification
3 I saw your school’s on a newspaper.
A. advertiser B. advertisement
C. advertising D. advertise
4 If you want to your French, I can help you because I have learnt this language for 3 years.
A. improve B. improving C. improved D. improvement
5 In my opinion, think chatting on the Internet is time- .
A. consuming B. consume
C. consumer D. consumption
6 The next stage in the development of television can be TV.
A. interact B. interaction C. interactive D. interactively
7 Can you tell me who this kind of machine?
A. to invent B. invent C. invention D. invented
8 We were talking about the preservation of resources
A. nature B. natural C. naturally D. naturalize
9This theory is no longer accepted.
A. wide B. widen C. widely D. width
10 All of us must take part in deforestation
A. preventing B. prevent C. prevented D. to prevent
11 It is necessary wild animals.
A. protecting B. to protect C. protected D. protect
12 The air in the city is very .
A. pollute B. polluted C. pollution D. pollutant
13 She has provided a lunch for all the kids.
A. kind B. unkind C. kindly D. kindness
14 If I am , what will happen?
A. success B. successful C. succeed D. succesfully
15 The restaurant has excellent for serving some of the finest food.
A. repute B. reputed C. reputation D. reputable
16 It’s great if we can practice speaking English with speakers.
A. nation B. national C. native D. natively
17 I want to see your to pass the exam.
A. effort B. effortless
C. effortlessly D. effortlessness
18 The little girl laughed when her mother told her a funny story.
A. happy B. happiness C. unhappy D. happily
19 They were that he refused to help them.
A. surprising B. surprised C. surprisingly D. surprise
20 As a leader, you need to be more .
A. decide B. decision C. decisive D. decided
4. TENSES
Question 6. I ____ to New York three times this year.
A. have been B. was C. were D. had been
I. THÌ HIỆN TẠI (PRESENT TENSES)

1. Thì hiện tại đơn (Present Simple Tense)
Cấu trúc
Question khẳng định I/ You/ We/ They travel ... He/ She/ It travels ...
Question phủ định I/ You/ We/ They don't travel ... He/ She/ It doesn't travel...
Question nghi vấn Do I/ you/ we/ they travel...? Does he/ he/ it travel...?
Cách dùng Ví dụ
1. Diễn tả một thói quen ở hiện tại Lan goes to work every day.
2. Diễn tả mức độ thường xuyên xảy ra của một David doesn't visit us very often.
hành động ở hiện tại
3. Diễn tả một chân lý/ hiện tượng vật lý/ sự thật The sun rises in the East and sets in the West.
hiển nhiên
4. Diễn tả tình trạng Do you have an up-to-date passport?
5. Diễn tả một hành động xảy ra theo thời gian biểu The train leaves Hanoi at 8.00 and arrives in HCM city at
10.00.
* Lưu ý: Chúng ta có thể dùng do/does ở thì hiện tại đơn giản với ý nghĩa nhấn mạnh.
Ví dụ: The bus isn't quicker than the train but it does stop right outside the factory.
2. Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn (Present Continuous Tense)

Cấu trúc
Question khẳng I am driving ... You/ We/ They are driving... ... He/ She/ It is driving ...
định
Question phủ I'm not driving... You/We/They aren't driving... He/ She/ It isn't driving...
định
Question nghi vấn Am I driving...? Are you/ we/ they driving ...? Is he/ she/ it driving ...?
1. Diễn tả hành động đang diễn ra tại thời điểm nói We are learning English at the moment.
2. Diễn tả hành động đang diễn ra nhưng KHÔNG nhất I am reading an interesting book.
thiết tại thời điểm nói
3. Diễn tả hành động xảy ra mang tính chất tạm thời He usually goes to work by bus, but today he is driving
to work.
4. Diễn tả tình huống xảy ra có tính chất thay đổi, phát Holidays abroad are becoming increasingly popular.
triển
5. Diễn tả hành động xảy ra lặp đi lặp lại gây khó chịu Tom is usually losing his key.
cho người nói
6. Diễn tả hành động sẽ xảy ra trong tương lai gần (diễn We are going to Mexico next year.
tả một sự sắp xếp hoặc một kế hoạch đã được định
trước)
3. Thì hiện tại hoàn thành đơn (Present Perfect Simple Tense)
Cấu trúc
Question khẳng I/ You/ We/ They have flown ... He/ She/ It has flown ...
định
Question phủ định I/ You/ We/ They haven’t flown ... He/ She/ It hasn’t flown ...
Question nghi vấn Have I/ you/ we/ they flown ...? Has he/ she/ it flown ...?
1. Diễn tả một hành động vừa mới xảy ra hoặc thông I have just seen my old friend in the street. Ouch! I have
báo một tin mới cut my finger.
2. Diễn tả hành động bắt đầu trong quá khứ, kéo dài My father has worked here for five years.
đến hiện tại và có khả năng tiếp tục ở tương lai
3. Diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra trong quá khứ nhưng Tom has washed the car. Now it is very clean.
kết quả vẫn còn liên quan đến hiện tại
4. Diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra tại một thời điểm trong Have you ever flown in a helicopter?
quá khứ nhưng không được nhắc đến cụ thể
4. Thì hiện tại hoàn thành tiếp diễn (Present Perfect Continuous Tense)
Cấu trúc
Question khẳng I/ You/ We/ They have been travelling... He/ She/ It has been travelling ...
định
Question phủ định I/ You/ We/ They haven’t been He/ She/ It hasn't been travelling...
travelling ...
Question nghi vấn Have I/ you/ we/ they been travelling...? Has he/ she/ it been travelling ...?
1. Diễn tả hành động bắt đầu trong quá khứ và kéo dài liên tục We have been waiting here for twenty
đến hiện tại minutes.
2. Diễn tả hành động bắt đầu trong quá khứ và vừa mới chấm dứt I have been swimming. That's the reason why
my hair is wet.
5. Động từ chỉ trạng thái (Stative verbs)

Các động từ chỉ trạng thái (Stative verbs) không được sử dụng ở các thì tiếp diễn vì chúng không diễn tả hành động.
Dưới đây là các nhóm động từ trạng thái hay gặp.
Các nhóm động từ Ví dụ
Diễn tả quan niệm, suy nghĩ (Thinking) believe, imagine, know, mean, think, understand
Diễn tả sự tồn tại (Existence) be, exist
Diễn tả cảm xúc (Emotion) hate, like, love, need, prefer, satisfy, want
Diễn tả giác quan (Senses) hear, see, smell, sound, taste
Diễn tả ngoại hình (Appearance) appear, look, resemble, seem
Diễn tả sự sở hữu và mối quan hệ (Possession and belong to, consist of, have, include, involve, own
Relations)
II. PAST TENSES

1. Thì quá khứ đơn (Past Simple Tense) - Used to - Would
Cấu trúc
Question khẳng định I/ You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It played ...
Question phủ định I/ You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It didn't play ...
Question nghi vấn Did I/ you/ we/ they/ he/ she/ it play ...?
1. Diễn tả một thói quen ở quá khứ Did you collect stamps when you were younger?
2. Diễn tả hành động xảy ra và kết thúc rồi ưong quá Tom and I played a game of chess and he won.
khứ không liên quan đến hiện tại
3. Diễn tả một sự thật về quá khứ Crosswords didn't become popular until the 1930s.
4. Diễn tả hành động xảy ra và kéo dài trong một My father worked in that factory for five years.
khoảng thời gian trong quá khứ
5. Diễn tả một chuỗi các hành động xảy ra kế tiếp When we saw the spaceship, we stopped the car. The
nhau trong quá khứ (Thường được dùng đế kể lại referee blew the whistle and Simon passed the ball to
những sự kiện chính của một Question chuyện) James, who ran towards the goal.
Used to
Cấu trúc
Question khẳng định I/ You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It used to play...
Question phủ định I/ You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It didn’t use to/ never used to/ used not to play ...
Question nghi vấn Did I/ you/ we/ they/ he/ she/ it use to play ...?
Diễn tả một thói quen ở quá khứ hoặc My mother used to play a lot of squash before I was born.
một trạng thái trong quá khứ (quá khứ We used to have a house that was right next to the park.
xa)
2. Thì quá khứ tiếp diễn (Past Continuous Tense)

Cấu trúc
Question khẳng định I/ He/ She/ It was playing ... You/ We/ They were playing ...
Question phủ định I/ He/ She/ It wasn’t playing ... You/ We/ They weren't playing ...
Question nghi vấn Was I/ he/ she/ it playing ...? Were you/ we/ they playing ...?
1. Diễn tả một hành động đang diễn ra tại một thời I was doing my homework at 6 p.m. last Sunday.
điểm ở quá khứ
2. Diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra và kéo dài trong một Yesterday, Mr. Smith was working in the laboratory from
khoảng thời gian trong quá khứ 3 p.m. to 6 p.m.
3. Diễn tả hành động lặp đi lặp lại trong quá khứ gây When we were young, my brother was always borrowing
khó chịu cho người nói my toys.
4. Diễn tả hành động đang xảy ra thì hành động khác When I came yesterday, he was sleeping.
xen vào trong quá khứ (Hành động đang xảy ra chia ở
thì quá khứ tiếp diễn, hành động xen vào ở thì quá khứ
đon; thường dùng 'when' để nối hai mệnh đề)
5. Diễn tả hai hành động xảy ra đồng thời trong quá Yesterday, while I was cooking dinner, my sister was
khứ (Hai hành động này đều ở thì quá khứ tiếp diễn; washing the dishes.
thường dùng ’while' để nối hai mệnh đề)
6. Thường dùng để kê những thông tin xung quanh của The sun was shining and the birds were singing. Lisa
một Question chuyện opened the window and looked out
3. Thì quá khứ hoàn thành đơn (Past Perfect Simple Tense)
Cấu trúc
Question khẳng định I/ You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It had played ...
Question phủ định I/ You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It hadn’t played...
Question nghi vấn Had I/ you/ we/ they/ he/ she/ it played ...?
1. Diễn tả một hành động xảy ra trước một thời điểm I had lived in Hanoi before 2014.
trong quá khứ
2. Diễn tả một hành động xảy ra trước một hành động When I got up this morning, my father had already left.
khác trong quá khứ
4. Thì quá khứ hoàn thành tiếp diễn (Past Perfect Continuous Tense)
Cấu trúc
Question khẳng định I/ You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It had been playing ...
Question khẳng định I/You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It hadn't been playing...
Question khẳng định Had I/ you/ we/ they/ he/ she/ it been playing ...?
1. Diễn tả một hành động xảy ra liên tục trong một khoảng When you saw us, we had been running for six miles -
thời gian tính đến một thời điểm trong quá khứ and we still had a mile to go!
2. Diễn tả một hành động đã bắt đầu trước một thời điểm Sarah looked tired because she had been exercising
trong quá khứ và kéo dài liên tục hoặc vừa kết thúc trước all morning.
thời điểm đó
III. FUTURE TENSES

1. Thì tương lai đơn (Future Simple Tense) và thì tương lai gân (Near Future Tense)
Thì tương lai đơn Thì tương lai gần
Cấu I/ We/ You/ They/ He/ She/ It will play... I/ We/ You/ They/ He/ She/ It am/ is/ are going to
trúc I/ We/ You/ They/ He/ She/ It won't play... play...
Will +I/ we/ you/ they/ he/ she/ it play...? I/ We/ You/ They/ He/ She/ It am not/ isn’t/ aren’t
going to play ...
Am/ Is/ Are I/ we/ you/ they/ he/ she/ it going to
play ...?
Cách 1. Diễn tả một quyết định sẽ làm gì đó trong tương 1. Diễn tả một quyết định sẽ làm gì đó trong tương
dùng lai, quyết định đó được đưa ra tại thời điểm nói, lai ĐÃ có kế hoạch từ trước
KHÔNG có kế hoạch từ trước Ví dụ:
Ví dụ: Tom: There's no milk left.
Tom: There's no milk left. John: I know. I am going to get some.
John: Ok I will go to the market to get some.
2. Diễn tả một dự đoán về điều gì đó trong tương lai 2. Diễn tả một dự đoán về điều gì đó trong tương
KHÔNG có cơ sở (Thường bắt đầu bằng: I’m sure/ I lai có cơ sở ở hiện tại
think/ I believe...) Ví dụ: Look at those black clouds. It is going to rain.
Ví dụ: I'm sure he will come back soon.
3. Diễn tả một hành động sẽ xảy ra trong một 3. Diễn tả một hành động sẽ xảy ra trong tương lai
quãng thời gian dài ở tương lai gần
Ví dụ: I will be at high school next year. Ví dụ: We are going to have dinner with our
grandparents at 7 p.m.
4. Diễn tả một lời hứa, đe dọa hay lời yêu cầu, đề Lưu ý: Không dùng ‘be going to’ với 2 động từ 'go'
nghị, lời mời và ‘come’. Trong trường hợp này nên dùng thì hiện
Ví dụ: I will pickyou up tomorrow. tại tiếp diễn thay thế.
Will you open the door? Ví dụ: We are going to the movies tonight
My brother is coming to see me on the weekend.
2. Thì tương lai tiếp diễn (Future Continuous Tense)

Cấu trúc
Question khẳng định I/ You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It will be playing ...
Question phủ định I/ You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It won't be playing...
Question nghi vấn Will I/ you/ we/ they/ he/ she/ it be playing ...?
1. Diễn tả hành động đang diễn ra tại một thời điểm At ten o'clock tomorrow, Sally will be working in her office.
hoặc một khoảng thời gian cụ thể ở tương lai
2. Diễn tả một hành động sẽ xảy ra và kéo dài liên tục My parents are going to London, so I’ll be staying with my
trong một khoảng thời gian ở tương lai grandma for the next two weeks.
3. Thì tương lai hoàn thành đơn (Future Perfect Simple Tense)
Cấu trúc
Question khẳng định I/ You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It will have played...
Question phủ định I/ You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It won’t have played...
Question nghi vấn Will I/ you/ we/ they/ he/ she/ it have played...?
Diễn tả một hành động sẽ được hoàn tất trước một They will have built that house by July next year. When
thời điểm hoặc một hành động khác trong tương lai you come back she will have finished college.
4. Thì tương lai hoàn thành tiếp diễn (Future Perfect Continuous Tense)
Cấu trúc
Question khẳng định I/ You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It will have been playing...
Question phủ định I/ You/ We/ They/ He/ She/ It won’t have been playing ...
Question nghi vấn Will I/ you/ we/ they/ he/ she/ it have been playing ...?
th
Diễn tả một hành động sẽ xảy ra và kéo dài liên tục By March 15 , I will have been working for this company
đến một thời điểm nào đó trong tương lai for 6 years.
1I Nottingham Trent University now.

A. am attending B. attend
C. was attending D. attended
2 He has been selling motorcycles .
A. ten years ago B. since ten years
C. for ten years ago D. for ten years
3 Columbus America more than 400 years ago.
A. discovered B. has discovered
C. had discovered D. he has gone
4 He fell down when he towards the church.
C. was running D. had run
5 We were studying English when it heavily.
A. rains B. rained
C. was raining D. will rain
6 The children pingpong at this time tomorrow.
A. will play B. will be playing
C. play D. would play
7 By this Christmas, I for you for 6 months.
A. shall have been working B. shall work
C. have been working D. shall be working
8I in the room now.
A. am being B. was being
C. have been being D. am
9I to New York three times this year.
A. have been B. was
C. were D. had been
10 I will come and see you before I for America.
A. leave B. will leave
C. have left D. shall leave
11 The little girl asked what to her friend.
A. has happened B. happened
C. had happened D. would have been happened
12 John a book when I called.
A. is reading B. read
C. was reading D. reading
13 He said he before.
A. returns B. returned
C. has returned D. had returned
14 Jack school when he was 17.
A. left B. leaves
C. has left D. was left
15 They have been waiting for you .
A. since early morning B. since 9 a.m
C. for two hours D. all are correct
16 My sister for you since yesterday.
A. is looking B. was looking
C. has been looking D. looked
17 Sam the door recently.
A. has painted B. paint
C. will have painted D. painting
18 The train half an hour ago.
A. has been leaving B. left
C. has lelt D. had lelt
19 We him since last Sunday.
A. don’t see B. haven’t seen
C. didn’t see D. hadn’t seen
20 We were playing the guitar while our father in his room.
A. works B. is working
C. was working D. has been working
5. ADJECTIVES
Question 7. He's one of the most ____ people I've ever met.
A. bored B. boring C. bore D. boredom
Tính từ (adjectives) là từ dùng để miêu tả hoặc cho biết thêm chi tiết về một danh từ đồng thời
giới hạn sự áp dụng của danh từ ấy.
I. Phân loại tính từ (Classification of adjectives)

Tính từ có thể được phân làm 2 loại: tính từ mô tả và tính từ giới hạn.
1. Tính từ mô tả (descriptive adjectives) là những tính từ mô tả về màu sắc, kích thước, phẩm
chất,... của người, vật hoặc sự việc.
Ex: good, bright, tall,...
2. Tính từ giới hạn (limiting adjectives) là những tính từ đặt giới hạn cho những từ mà nó bổ
nghĩa.
a. Tính từ sở hữu (possessive adjectives)
my : của tôi your : của bạn, các bạn
his : của anh ấy her : của cô ấy
its : của nó our : của chúng tôi
their : của bọn họ, chúng nó
- Tính từ sở hữu luôn luôn có danh từ theo sau.
Ex: This is my hand.
Her father is a teacher.
b. Tính từ chỉ định (demonstrative adjectives): this, these, that, those
Ex: I don’t like those people.
I want this car, not that car.
c. Từ xác định (determiners) có chức năng làm tính từ. Từ xác định có thể đứng trước danh từ số ít
hoặc số nhiều, đếm được hoặc không đếm được. Động từ theo sau có thể ở hình thức số ít hoặc số nhiều,
tùy loại.
Some (vài), a few (một vài, một ít), several (vài), many (nhiều), both (cả hai), each
(mỗi), every
(mỗi), either (một trong hai), neither (không có ai/gì trong hai), all (tất cả), much
(nhiều), little (ít).
• Much, little được dùng với danh từ không đếm được.
Ex: much time, little money
• Many, few được dùng với danh từ đếm được số nhiều.
Ex: many friends, few cars
• A lot of, lots of, plenty of được dùng với danh từ số nhiều và danh từ không đếm được.
Ex: a lot of luck, a lot of friends; lots of time, lots of people; plenty of money, plenty of ideas
- Much, many được dùng chủ yếu trong Question hỏi và Question phủ định (cũng có thể dùng a lot
of).
Ex: We didn’t spend much money.
Do you know many people?
- A lot of được dùng trong Question xác định hơn là much, many.
Ex: We spent a lot of money.
He goes out a lot.
- Many, much được dùng trong Question xác định khi đi với các trạng từ very, too, so, as.
Ex: There are too many people here.
I like him so much.
- Little, few mang nghĩa phủ định (chỉ số lượng không đáng kể).
Ex: We must be quick. There is little time. (= not much/ not enough time) He isn’t popular. He has few
friends. (= not many)
- A little, a few mang nghĩa xác định (chỉ một số lượng nhỏ).
Ex: Let’s go and have a drink. We’ve got a little time before the train leaves. (= some time) I enjoy my
life here. I have a few friends and we meet quite often. (= some friends)
- Each, every được dùng với danh từ số ít.
Ex: Every/ Each time I see you, you look different.
There’s a telephone in each/ every room of the house.
- Each được dùng khi nói đến những sự vật riêng biệt, hết cái này đến cái khác.
Ex: Study each sentence carefully.
- Every được dùng khi nói đến những sự vật theo nhóm.
Ex: Every sentence must have a verb.
- Each dùng chỉ số lượng nhỏ.
Ex: There were four books on the table. Each book has a different colour.
- Every dùng để chỉ số lượng lớn.
Ex: I’d like to visit every county in the country.
- Each được dùng để chỉ hai sự vật.
Ex: In a football match, each team has 11 players.
- Every được dùng để chỉ sự việc diễn ra thường xuyên thế nào.
Ex: There’s a bus every ten minutes.
- The other + danh từ số ít: có nghĩa là cái thứ hai trong hai cái.
Ex: The insurance office was on the other side of the street.
- Another + danh từ số ít: có nghĩa là một cái khác.
Ex: I must find myself another job.
- The other + danh từ số nhiều: có nghĩa là cái còn lại, phần còn lại.
Ex: When I returned home I found my wife talking to our neighbour. The other guests had gone.
• Both, either, neither được dùng để nói đến hai người hoặc hai vật, sự việc.
Ex: Both men were interested in the job.
Neither restaurant is expensive.
We can go to either restaurant. I don’t mind.
• Many = a large number of, a good number of
• Much = a great deal of, a good deal of, a large quantity of
II. Phân từ dung làm tính từ (Participles functioning as adjectives)

Có một số tính từ xuất phát từ động từ + ing/ ed: interesting/ interested (thú vị, hay), boring/ bored
(chán), exciting/ excited (háo hức),...
Ex: Somebody is bored if something is boring. If something is boring, it makes you bored.
- Tính từ tận cùng bằng -ing cho biết tính chất công việc, sự việc.
Ex: Julia thinks politics is very interesting.
It was quite surprising that he passed the examination.
- Tính từ tận cùng bằng -ed cho biết trạng thái, tâm trạng của một người.
Ex: Julia is very interested in politics.
Everybody was surprised that he passed the examination.
III. Danh từ dùng làm tính từ (Nouns functioning as adjectives)

Trong tiếng Anh, danh từ có thể được dùng như tính từ để bổ nghĩa cho danh từ khác.
Ex: a wool coat, a gold watch, a history teacher.
Danh từ đầu tiên của sự kết hợp này có chức năng như một tính từ. Những danh từ có chức năng như
tính từ luôn ở hình thức số ít ngay khi chúng bổ nghĩa cho danh từ số nhiều. Giữa số và danh từ luôn có
dấu gạch ngang.
Ex: We took a tour that lasted five weeks. = We tooks a five-week tour.
That student wrote a report that was ten pages long. = That student wrote a ten-page report.
IV. Chức năng của tính từ (Functions of adjectives)
1. Bổ nghĩa cho danh từ (modify for a noun): thường đứng ngay trước danh từ được nó bổ nghĩa.
Ex: He is a nice man.
Do you see the small green boat, which has such an odd shape?
Tính từ có thể đứng sau danh từ được nó bổ nghĩa trong các trường hợp sau:
- Khi tính từ được dùng với các từ something, someone, anything, everything...
Ex: I’ll tell you something interesting.
Is there anything new?
- Khi tính từ được tách rời trong câu.
Ex: My father, happy and tired, kissed me good night.
2. Bổ ngữ của động từ (complement of a verb): đi sau các động từ liên kết (linking verbs: be, get,
look, become, seem, ...).
Ex: The weather becomes cold.
He looked mature, sober and calm.
3. Bổ ngữ của tân ngữ (objective complement)

Ex: She wore her hair short.
We should keep our room clean and tidy.
4. Bổ ngữ của chủ ngữ (subjective complement)

Ex: Her hair was dyed blonde.
The vegetables were served raw, the way he liked.
V. Trật tự từ của tính từ (Word orders of adjectives)
Đôi khi chúng ta dùng hai hay nhiều tính từ đi với nhau.
Ex: My brother lives in a nice, new house.
In the kitchen there is a beautiful large round wooden table.
Những tính từ như new, large, round, wooden là những tính từ miêu tả. Những tính từ như nice,
beautiful là những tính từ chỉ cảm nghĩ.
- Tính từ chỉ cảm nghĩ thường dùng trước tính từ miêu tả.
Ex: A nice long summer holiday.
An interesting young man.
- Khi hai hay nhiều tính từ miêu tả được dùng trong một câu. Trật tự của chúng được sắp xếp
như
sau:
Số Chất lượng Kích thước Tuổi tác Màu sắc Xuất xứ hoặc quốc gia Chất liệu Danh từ
(age) (origin or country)
(number) (quality) (size) (colour) (material) (noun)
Ex: a small black plastic bag. an old Russian song.
- Tính từ chỉ kích thước và chiều dài (big, tall, long,...) thường đi trước tính từ chỉ hình dáng và
chiều rộng (round, fat, wide,...).
Ex: a tall thin girl.
a long narrow street.
- Khi có hai hoặc hơn hai tính từ chỉ màu sắc, ta dùng liên từ and.
Ex: a black and white dress.
a red, white and green flag.
Tính từ kép (Compound adjectives)
Tính từ kép là những tính từ được cấu tạo bởi hai thành phần từ riêng biệt. Trong nhiều trường hợp,
việc sử dụng tính từ kép là cần thiết và hữu ích vì chúng ngắn gọn, rõ ràng mà có tác dụng biểu đạt ý
tưởng đầy đủ, súc tích.
Cách thành lập các dạng tính từ kép:

Dạng thức Đặc điểm Ví dụ
Adj + Adj Thường dùng với tính từ pale-blue, dark-blue, light-purple, deep-green, red-hot,
miêu tả để chỉ rõ cấp độ, sắc rosy-red
thái của tính từ đó
V-ing Mô tả tính chất, đặc điểm good-looking, dull-ỉooking, old-looking, long- lasting, long-
được biểu lộ rõ qua hình standing, slow-moving, quick-firing, far-reaching, sweet-
thức bên ngoài smelling, sour-tasting
V-ed Mô tả tính chất hoặc cách cold-pressed juice, an ill-bred boy, a farfetched story, a pink-
thức được tạo ra hay thực painted house
hiện của danh từ mà nó bổ
nghĩa
Noun-ed Thường được dùng để miêu green-eyed, long-legged, short-haired, sharpnosed, old-
tả về ngoại hình hoặc tính fashioned, cold-blooded, quickwitted, ill-fated, low-roofted,
cách, phẩm chất của người bad-tempered, strong-willed, open-minded, narrow-
hoặc vật minded, absent-minded, high-spirited, kind-hearted, light-
hearted, short-sighted
Noun Thành phần phía trước full-time, full-length, last-minute, long-distance, three-
thường là các tính từ chỉ số week, four-month, two-year, one-way, second-hand, five-
đếm hoặc tính từ mô tả star, hot-air, high-speed, high-quality, late-night, short-
term, long-term
Noun + Adj So sánh sự tương đồng giữa snow-white, ink-black, navy-blue, stone-hard, gold-bright
hai sự vật, sự việc, hiện
tượng
V-ing Chỉ sự hiện hữu của một heart-breaking, heart-wrenching, heart-warming, mouth-
trạng thái tâm lí, hoặc một watering, thought-provoking, law-abiding, coal-mining,
vấn đ'ê nào đó đang được time-consuming, life-saving, recordbreaking, English-
thực hiện, áp dụng speaking, home-schooling
V-ed Thường chỉ sự bị động, thụ heart-broken, tear-stained, weather-beaten, sun-baked,
(P2) động hoặc cam chịu wind-powered, water-cooled, hand-made,...
Noun-ed Thường so sánh ẩn dụ giữa a lion-hearted soldier, a moon-faced woman, an ash-
hai sự vật, hiện tượng colored shirt
(danh từ đứng sau thêm
"ed")
Noun Không đa dạng, lưu ý tránh part-time, bed-time, water-proof, bullet-proof, noise-proof,
nhầm với danh từ được north-ward, west-ward, eastward, south-ward, world-class,
dùng làm tính từ home-style
Adv + V-ing Thường chỉ sự hoạt động ever-lasting, fast-moving, fast-running, hardworking, n
hoặc chuyển động ever-ending, forward-thinking
V-ed Thường mô tả đặc điểm, well-behaved, well-educated, well-designed, well-known,
(P2) chất lượng hoặc cấp độ tính well-heeled, newly-born, densely- populated, widely-
chất của danh từ mà nó bổ recognized, highly-respected, deeply-rooted, easily-broken,
nghĩa badly-torn, hard-boiled
EXERCISES
I. Complete the sentences for each situation. Use the word in brackets + -ing or -ed.
1. The film wasn’t as good as we had expected. (disappoint)
a. The film was .
b. We were with the film.
2. Diana teaches young children. It’s a very hard job but she enjoys it. (exhaust)
a. She enjoys her job but it is often .
b. At the end of a day’s work, she is often .

3. It’s been raining all day. I hate this weather.(despress)
a. This weather is .
b. This weather make me .
c. It’s silly to get because of the weather.
4. Clare is going to the United States next month. She has never been there before. (excite)
a. It will be an experience for her.
b. Going to new places is always .
c. She is really about going to the United States.
II. Choose the correct word.

1. Are you (interesting/ interested) in football?
2. The football match was quite (exciting/ excited). I enjoyed it.

3. It’s sometimes (embarrassing/ embrrassed) when you have to ask people for money.
4. Do you usually get (embarrassing/ embarrassed)?
5. I had never expected to get the job. I was really (amazing/ amazed) when I was offered it.
6. She has really learnt very fast. She has made (astonishing/ astonished) progress.
7. I didn’t find the situation funny. I was not (amusing/ amused).

8. It was a really (terrifying/ terrified) experience. Afterwards everybody was very (shocking/ shocked).
9. Why do you always look so (boring/ bored)? Is your life really so (boring/ bored)?
10. He’s one of the most (boring/ bored) people I’ve ever met. He never stops talking and he never says
anything (interesting/ interested).
III. Complete eaeh sentence using a word from the list.

bored/ boring interested/ interesting
amused/ amusing exhausted/ exhausting
confused/ confusing excited/ exciting
surprised/ surprising
1. He works very hard. It’s not that he’s always tired.
2. The teacher’s explanation was . Most of the students didn’t understand it.
3. I seldom visit art galleries. I’m not particularly in art.
4. The lecture was , I fell asleep.
5. I asked Emily if she wanted to come out with us but she wasn’t .
6. I’ve been working very hard all day and now I’m .
7. I’m starting a new job next week. I’m quite about it.
8. Tom is very good at telling funny stories. He can be very .
9. I’ve got nothing to do. I’m .
10. Liz is a very person. She knows a lot, she’s traveled a lot and she’s done lots of different
things.
IV. Put the adjectives in brackets in the correct position.

1. a new pullover (nice)
2. a new pullover (green)
3. a (an) old house (beautiful)
4. black gloves (leather)
5. an American film (old)
6. a long face (thin)
7. big clouds (black)

8. a sunny day (lovely)
9. a wide avenue (long)
6. VERB FORMS
Question 8. I suggest ____ to the cinema for a change.
A. go B. to go C. should go D. going
I. DANH ĐỘNG TỪ
Danh động từ (gerund) là hình thức động từ có dạng '-ing'. Danh động từ có chức năng như một danh từ
trong Question và được dùng trong các trường hợp sau:
- Là chủ ngữ của câu
Ví dụ: Drinking lots of water is supposed to be good for your complexion.
- Là tân ngữ trực tiếp của các động từ:
admit appreciate avoid can't help can't stand consider delay
deny discuss enjoy fancy feel like finish forgive
imagine involve keep mention mind miss postpone
pracise recollect resent resist risk suggest understand
Ví dụ: We briefly discussed buying a new apartment in the city centre.
- Là tân ngữ của giới từ, bao gồm các cẩu trúc cụm tính từ, cụm danh từ, cụm động từ
Ví dụ: He’s keen on making wooden models.
There's no point (in) arguing about this issue.
My brother dreams of living on a tropical island.
* Lưu ý: Có một số cụm động từ, danh từ (look forward to, object to, be/get used to, in addition
to) kết thúc bằng giới từ 'to' thì ta dùng động từ dạng '-ing' chứ không phải động từ nguyên thể.
Ví dụ: I'm looking forward to seeing him again.
You'll soon get used to not staying up late.
- Sau một số các cấu trúc như: It's (not) worth, It's no good/ use, There’s no point (in), spend/
waste time/ money
Ví dụ: It's not worth buying that second car.
- Trong cấu trúc 'go + V-ing' để diễn đạt hoạt động giải trí, thể thao, thể chất
Ví dụ: She often goes cycling around the lake.
II. ĐỘNG TỪ NGUYÊN MẪU
Động từ nguyên mẫu (infinitive) được chia làm 2 dạng: có 'to' (full-infinitive) và không có 'to' (bare
infinitive)
1. Full-infinitive: Động từ nguyên thể có ‘to’ được dùng trong các trường hợp sau:
- Diễn đạt mục đích (để làm gì)
Ví dụ: Peter contacted me to set up a meeting.
- Là tân ngữ trực tiếp sau các động từ:
afford agree appear arrange ask attempt care choose claim
dare demand expect would like wish decide demand expect fail
happen hesitate hope manage learn neglect offer plan prepare

pretend promise refuse seem swear tend threaten wait want
Ví dụ: He offered to buy me some fruit.

- Trong cấu trúc It + be + adjective + to V
Ví dụ: It's difficult to understand what you mean.
- Sau các tính từ diễn tả cảm xúc, phản ứng
Ví dụ: I was curious to know what would happen next.
- Sau từ để hỏi (who, whom, what, which, v.v.)
Ví dụ: Jack doesn't know how to run this machine.
- Sau từ chỉ số thứ tự (ordinal number)
Ví dụ: She was the last one to hand in the assignment.
2. Bare infinitive: Động từ nguyên thể không có 'to' được dùng trong các trường hợp sau:
- Sau động từ khuyết thiếu
Ví dụ: You never know what might happen in the future.
- Sau động từ would rather, had better
Ví dụ: You had better take an umbrella - it's going to rain.
- Trong cấu trúc make + sb + V, let + sb + V
Ví dụ: The teacher let the students leave early.
* Lưu ý: cấu trúc bị động be made/ let + to V
Ví dụ: We were made to learn fifty new words every week.
III. CÁC TRƯỜNG HỢP ĐẶC BIỆT
1. Động từ kết hợp với ‘to V’ và ’V-ing’
- Một số động từ, sẽ không có khác biệt (nhiều) về nghĩa. Các động từ thường gặp gồm:
begin continue hate intend like love prefer start
Ví dụ: She will continue to work/ working until she was 60.
* Lưu ý:
+ prefer V-ing to V-ing
+ would prefer to V rather than V
- Với một số động từ, nghĩa sẽ thay đổi. Các động từ thường gặp gồm:
+ V-ing + to V
forget quên đã làm gì quên phải làm gì
Ví dụ: I will never forget visiting Ví dụ: Don't forget to turn off all the lights before
the U.S for the first time in 2016. leaving the room.
go on tiếp tục việc đang làm làm việc khác sau khi hoàn thành việc đang làm
Ví dụ: He said nothing but just went on Ví dụ: After her early teaching career she went on
working. to become an artist.
mean có nghĩa là có ý định làm gì
Ví dụ: I didn't mean to hurt you.
Ví dụ: If we catch the early train, it will mean
getting up at 6 a.m.
need (vật/ sự việc] cần được làm gì Ví dụ: The [người] cần làm gì
room needs painting. Ví dụ: He needs to paint the room.
regret hối hận đã làm gì lấy làm tiếc phải làm gì
Ví dụ: John regrets not following his father's Ví dụ: We regret to inform you that your
advice. application has not been successful.
remember nhớ đã làm gì nhớ phải làm gì
Ví dụ: I remember giving him $100. Ví dụ: Did you remember to do the shopping on
It was two $50 notes. the way home?
stop dừng hẳn việc đang làm dừng việc đang làm để làm việc khác Ví dụ: He
Ví dụ: We're all full, so we stop eating. stopped working part-time to concentrate on his
study.
try thử làm việc gì cố gắng làm gì
Ví dụ: Try soaking it in salt water to loosen Ví dụ: He tried to persuade her to do the project
the stain. with him.
2. Động từ kết hợp với ‘V’ và 'V-ing'
Một số động từ có thể kết hợp với với 'V' và 'V-ing' và nghĩa sẽ thay đổi. Các động từ thường gặp
gồm:
+ V-ing +V
see, hear, Vcảm.nhận + object + V-ing: chỉ cảm Vcảm.nhận + object + V: cảm nhận toàn
feel, notice, nhận một phần hành động bộ hành động
observe, Ví dụ: I heard someone coming up the Ví dụ: We watched all the cars cross the
watch stairs. finishing line.
suggest suggest V-ing: đề xuất/ gợi ý chung suggest (that) sb (should) V: đê xuất/
(không cho một ai cụ thể) gợi ý ai (nên) làm gì
Ví dụ: Sophie suggested meeting for a Ví dụ: Her mother suggested (that) she
drink after work. (should) go and see the doctor.
IV. Động từ kết hợp với 'object + to V'

Một số động từ kết hợp với tân ngữ và động từ nguyên thể có ‘to’.
advise allow ask assist beg bribe command
dare employ enable encourage instruct invite lead
order persuade select send teach tell train
urge warn
Ví dụ: I begged Helen to stay, but she wouldn't listen.
* Lưu ý: khi không có tân ngữ, một số động từ kết hợp với 'V-ing' như: advise, allow
Ví dụ: I'd advise buying your tickets well in advance if you want to travel in August.
V. Động từ kết hợp với ‘object + V-ing’
Một số động từ kết hợp với tân ngữ và động từ ở dạng 'V-ing'
appreciate dislike hate imagine involve keep mind
prevent remember resent risk stop
Ví dụ: The show involved him doing lots of boring stuff
1 I enjoy both tennis and badminton.
A. watch B. watching
C. to watch D.to have watched
2 I am keen on .
A. fish B. fishing
C. to fish D.to have fished
3 I love English.
A. learn B. to learn
C. learning D. B&C are correct
4 I’m very glad you.
A. to meet B. meet C. meeting D.to be meeting
5 We stopped goodbye
A. say B. saying C. to have said D. to say
6 I’ll invite her my children.
A. teaching B. teach
C. to teach D. to have taught
7 Let me from you soon.
A. to hear B. hear C. hearing D. heard
8 I look forward from you.
A. to hear B. hear C. to hearing D. being heard
9 Would you like to the party?
A. to come B. come C. coming D. to have come
10 The director agreed the agreement.
A. to sign B. sign
C. signing D. to have signed
11 I promised my parents.
A. being obeyed B. obeying
C. obey D. to obey
12 Ralph tried to avoid my question about his test.
A. answer B. answering
C. to answer D. to have answered
13 We have heard him the guitar many times.
A. played B. plays C. to play D. play
14 You had better an umbrella. It’s going to rain heavily.
A. take B. to take C. taking D. being taken
15 We decided to stay at home instead of to the cinema.
A. going B. go C. gone D. to go
16 It’s no use him the truth because he’s too neglectful.
A. telling B. tell C. to tell D. to have told
17 You might to find out the solutions for this issue.
A. wanted B. to want C. wanting D. want
18 Mike is interested in stamps.
A. collect B. collecting C. to collect D. collected
19 Do you consider our friends on Sunday?
A. inviting B. invited C. be invited D. to invite
20 I can’t stand her cry every night.
A. to have seen B. to see C. see D. seeing
7. WISH CLAUSE
Question 9. I wish I ____ tall enough to take part in the game.

A. am B. will be C. were D. would be
Thức giả định chủ yếu được sử dụng để nói đến những sự việc không chắc chắn sẽ xảy ra.
She asks that her brother give her a ride tomorrow.
• dự đoán sẽ xảy ra: It is proposed that the president be elected for another term.
• xảy ra trong tưởng tượng: If only I spoke English like a native speaker.
II. Các hình thức giả định (Kinds of subjunctive)
1. Hiện tại giả định (Present subjunctive)
Cách dùng Cấu trúc và ví dụ trong câu
Dùng sau động từ: advise, ask, command, S1 + V + (that) + S2 + (should) + (not) + V (bare)
decree, demand, desire, insist, order, prefer, - My teacher advised (that) we listen to English everyday.
propose, recommend, request, require, - The boss insisted (that) Tim not be at the meeting.
stipulate, suggest, urge - We proposed (that) staff have three-week paid leave.
Dùng sau tính từ: advised, best, crucial, It + be + Adj + (that) + S + (should) + (not) + V (bare)
desirable, essential, imperative, important, - It is crucial (that) we cooperate to save the environment
mandatory, necessary, obligatory, proposed, - It was urgent (that) their children not be ill-treated.
recommended, required, suggested, urgent, - It is required (that) students wear uniform to school.
vital
Dùng sau danh từ (N) / cụm danh từ (NP): a It + be + Noun + (that) + s + (should) + (not) + V (bare)
good/ bad idea, demand, command, - It is a wish that I get accepted to Oxford University.
insistence, preference, proposal, request - It is a good idea that we have a holiday in Hoi An.
recommendation, suggestion, wish N/NP + be + (that) + s + (should) + (not) + V (bare)
- Our proposal is that we work from home twice a week
- Their demand was that the admission fee not be raised.
Dùng với mẫu câu: would rather (that) S1 + would rather (that) + S2 + (not) + V (bare)
- My parents would rather (that) I not go home late. -I would
rather (that) my husband give me a new phone.
Trường Question cảm thán: thường - God save the Queen.
hợp đặc đề cập đến các đấng tối cao, - Long live the King!
biệt thế lực siêu nhiên - Heaven forbid!
Question thành ngữ - Come what may (dù có chuyện gì đi nữa) Come what may, I will
never forget you.
- Be that as it may (mặc dù vậy)
I know he has tried hard, be that as it may, his work is not good
enough to be praised.
2.Quá khứ giả định (Past subjunctive)

Cách dùng Cấu trúc và ví dụ
Dùng trong Question điều kiện không có If + S + V(past simple), S + would/could/might + V(bare)
Question thực ở hiện tại (loại 2) - If I were you, I would apologize to her.
điều kiện - If you didn't help me, I couldn't finish it.
Dùng trong Điều ước ở tương lai Si + wish (that) + Sl/2 + would/could + V(bare) -1 wish they would
Question win the award.
điều ước - We wish we could make a greater profit.
If only + s + would/could + V(bare)
- If only the pandemic would disappear soon.
Điều ước ở hiện tại S1 + wish (that) + S1/2 + V(past simple)
- I wish I were 10 cm taller.
- He wishes he had enough money to buy a new car. If only + S +
V(past simple)
- If only we were lying on the beach now.
Dùng với Would rather/ would sooner Si + would rather + s2 + V(past simple)
cấu trúc ('would rather' được sử dụng - His parents would rather he played fewer video games. -I would
phổ biến hơn) rather she did not behave impulsively.
It’s time It’s (high/about) time that s + V(past simple)
- It's (high/about) time that you worked harder.
As if/ as though S + V (present simple) + as if/ as though + S + V(past simple)
- She acts as if/as though she were my boss.
- They eat as if/as though they didn't eat for days.
3. Quá khứ hoàn thành giả định (Past perfect subjunctive)

Cách dùng Cấu trúc và ví dụ
Dùng trong Question điều kiện không có If + S + V(past perfect), S + would/could/might + have + P2
Question thực ở quá khứ (Loại 3) If she had come earlier, she could have seen her idol.
điêu kiện
Dùng trong Điều ước ở quá khứ S1 + wish (that) + S1/2 + V(pastperfect)
Question - He wishes (that) he had listened to his parent's advice.
điều ước - She wished (that] her brother hadn't been so lazy.
If only + S + V(past perfect)
- If only we had met each other back then.
Dùng với Would rather/ would sooner S1 + would rather + S2 + V(past perfect)
cấu trúc Her ex-boyfriend would rather she had moved to New York city
with him after graduation.
As if/ as though S + V (pastsimple) + as if/ as though + S + V(pastperfect)
- They treated us as if/ as though we had been their beloved
children.
- Mrs. Smith behaved as if/as though nothing had happened
between her and her neighbours.
1 I wish that the weather not so cold.

A. be B. was C. are D-were
2 I don’t understand this point of grammar. I wish I it better.
A. understood B. would be understand
C. had understood D. will understand
3 This movie is terrible. I wish we to see another one.
A. went B. Would be go C. had gone D. go
4 My father is too busy today. I wish .
A. my father is free today
B. my father weren’t so busy today
C. my father would be busy today
D. my father wasn’t so busy today
5 “I’m not staying here any longer.”- “I wish you ”
A. can B. will C. are D. were
6 There is no snowing here. I wish it snowing now.
A. is B. will be C. were D. was
7 I miss my friends. I Wish they here right now.
A. were B. will be C. had been D. are
8 I speak English terriblely. I wish I English as fluently as you.
A. spoke B. speak C. had spoken D. will speak
9 My house is too small and old. I wish I a bigger one.
A. have B. will have C. had had D. had
10. Sophie wishes her father here now to help her.
A. has been B. is being C. is D. were
11 I love California. I wish I go there right now.
A. can B. went C. could D. may
12 Iris is always moaning about others. I wish she .
A. know how I am upset
B. knew how I am upset
C. will know how I am upset
D. knows how I am upset
13 Stella hates having red hair. She wishes she blonde hair.
A. have B. will have C. had D. had had
14 They wish they the exam.
A. pass B. passed C. will pass D. are passing
15 Diego is driving too fast. I wish he more slowly.
A. drive B. drove C. were driving D. will drive
8. VOCABULARY
Question 10. Please phone this number for more ____.
A. matter B. information C. problem D. mistake
Question 12. A ____ is a large amount of water covering an area that is usually dry.
A. tidal wave B. tornado C. deforestation D. flood
Question 13. Janice and Mike are getting married soon. They plan to have a small ____ with just a
few family members.
A. marriage B. celebration C. anniversary D. wedding
ceremony
Question 14. Wearing ____ helps students feel equal in many ways.
A. clothes B. ties C. jackets D. uniforms
Question 26. Everyone says "Happy New Year" and they (26)____ their friends and relatives good
luck.
A. dream B. greet C. wish D. congratulate
Question 27. On this holiday, children (27) ____ as witches, ghosts or others.
A. wear B. dress C. put on D. take off
Question 29. The children will (29)____ a trick on them. But this hardly ever happens.
A. say B. tell C. play D. speak
1. I am having an English lesson in the afternoon; however, I forgot to bring my _______ I often write new
words and phrases in it.
A. calculator B. sharpener C. backpack D. notebook
2. My brother put his old, handmade and wooden toy trains in a big box and placed in a(n) _______ at the
top of the house.
A. bathroom B. garage C. basement D. attic
3. Peter is a(n) _______ employee. He always completes all tasks assigned before the deadline.
A. sociable B. kind-hearted C. independent D. responsible
4. Hoi An Ancient Town is a(n) _______ city in Quang Nam Province with timber frame buildings and
brick or wooden walls.
A. convenient B. modern C. historic D. fantastic
5. Remember to prepare a(n) _______ before going into the forest because it may help you to find the
way when you get lost.
A. torch B. scissor C. compass D. plaster
6. Tet is a special occasion for US to have a family gathering and _______ ancestors.
A. commemorate B. exchange C. celebrate D. decorate
7. My younger sister wants to become a(n) _______ to bring laughter and joy to the world.
A. viewer B. comedian C. newsreader D. MC
th
8. Cristiano Ronaldo _______ his 100 Champions League goal against Bayern Munich on April
th
18 three years ago.
A. kept B. won C. scored D. made
9. I dream of having a(n) _______ robot that can help me do all the homework, housework and guard my
house when I go out.
A. hi-tech B. convenient C. lovely D. wonderful
10. Please just buy what you really need so that we can _______ waste.
A. reuse B. reduce C. recycle D. refill
11. The new stadium can hold up to 60,000 _______.
A. viewers B. spectators C. audiences D. readers
12._______ are forms of protective eyewear that usually help to prevent water from striking your eyes when
you go swimming.
A. Goggles B. Rackets C.Sunglasses D. Skis
13. Ha Long Bay is one of the most spectacular and impressive sights in Vietnam and has twice been
_______ as a World Natural Heritage.
A. shown B. nominated C. recognized D. informed
14. Keangnam Hanoi Landmark Tower is a supertall _______ in Vietnam that consists of many hotels,
offices, entertainment areas and retail spaces.
A. apartment B. condominium C. motorhome D. skyscraper
15. An enormous advantage of having a(n) _______ cable TV is that you do not have to run electrical wires,
relieving you of drilling more holes in your walls.
A. automatic B. smart C. wireless D. hi-tech
16. The aquatic species rely on each other to maintain a balanced marine _______.
A. ecosystem B. biodiversity C. conservation D. habitat
17. Robots can do hard jobs such as _______ heavy things, stirring 2000°C molten metal, and collecting
radioactive waste.
A. bringing B. lifting C. putting D. bending
18. A(n) _______ is the first person to enter the house on New Year’s Day and is considered as a bringer of
good fortune for the coming year.
A. relative B. close friend C. fortune teller D. first footer
19. The Great Pyramid of Giza is one of the most breathtaking _______ in the world and the last surviving
wonder of the ancient world.
A. landmarks B. landscapes C. buildings D. sceneries
20. If you want to buy fruit and vegetables, you should go to the _______.
A. butcher shop B. greengrocer C. charity shop D. antique shop
21. If you feel bored to death, why don’t you _______ a new hobby such as making pottery or carving wood?
A. take up B. take over C. take off D. take in
22. My sister is definitely a couch potato, she is a big of_______ watching TV and often spends half a day
lying on the sofa, eating popcorn and being glued to the TV screen.
A. mate B. fan C. buddy D. love
23. Danny avoids eating shrimps, crabs, lobsters or squids because he is _______ to seafood.
A. itchy B. allergic C. sensitive D. unhealthy
24. If you eat lots of fatty foods such as meat, dairy products, sweets and biscuits, you will _______ weight
and become obese.
A. increase B. put up C. gain D. accumulate
25. Almost half of all people who live in a(n) _______ are 85 years or older.
A. orphanage B. charity house C. nursing home D. shelter
26. In Central Vietnam, people in _______ areas often build their houses higher than other areas.
A. burnt B. flooded C. affected D. hidden
27. My best friend has good _______ in music and she always recommends me the best songs.
A. insight B. taste C. choice D. option
28. Remember to put the omelette on a plate and _______ it with some vegetables.
A. pour B. heat C. fold D. serve
29. A _______ of cheesecake contains 274 calories and up, which depends on how it is made and what
toppings are added.
A. bunch B. jar C. bar D. slice
30. The first Doctors’ stone _______ were erected in 1484.
A. gates B. pavilions C. walls D. tablets
31. The police stopped him for exceeding the _______ and he had to pay a $100 fine.
A. zebra crossing B. speed limit C. driving license D. traffic lights
32. Always encourage children to wear a cycle _______ when they are on their bikes.
A. hat B. belt C. helmet D. wheel
33. I found the book Pride and Prejudice _______ that I couldn't put it down.
A. hilarious B. shocking C. gripping D. tiring
34. Annabelle is such a(n) _______ film that makes me sleepless all night.
A. boring B. scary C. moving D. entertaining
35. Halloween is a festival filled with mystery, magic and _______.
A. attraction B. religion C. superstition D. attention
36. The H’mong people _______ their own New Year festival, according to their own calendar.
A. worship B. celebrate C. participate D. perform
37. It is obvious that many of the earth’s resources are _______ because we have overexploited them.
A. exhaustible B. available C. renewable D. harmful
38. A major environmental concern related to _______ is the creation of radioactive wastes.
A. wind power B. hydropower C. solar power D. nuclear power
39. We try to make the world greener by using vehicles or kinds of energy that are _______.
A. high-speed B. easy-to-drive C. driveless D. environmentally-friendly
40. Millions of families are dependent on rain to grow crops for food and income remain at risk of extreme
hunger and _______.
A. crime B. overpopulation C. malnutrition D. shortage
41. Marie is completely _______ on window shopping. She spends the whole weekend wandering around the
shopping streets but doesn’t buy anything at all.
A. addicted B. into C. hooked D. interested
42. My mother is a skillful and creative woman. She adores _______ DIY things.
A. making B. doing C. playing D. learning
43. It’s harvest time and my family is so busy to collect the crops. I help my parents to load the rice _______
the buffalo-drawn cart.
A. onto B. into C. in D. to
44. When I was a child, I enjoyed _______ the cattle.
A. riding B. collecting C. herding D. picking
45._______ tribes often travel from place to place, rather than setting permanently in one location.
A. Flexible B. Random C. Changeable D. Nomadic
46. In the high mountains, people build _______ to mitigate the harsh weather and avoid wild
animals.
A. cottages B. stilt houses C. motorhomes D. castles
47. Can Cau market is one of the most fascinating _______ market in Lao Cai where you can enjoy the fresh
cool atmosphere while buying things.
A. outside B. open-air C. mountainous D. cultural
48._______ rice fields in Sapa were voted as one of seven most beautiful and impressive ones of Asia and the
world.
A. Terraced B. Terrace C. Terracing D. Terraces
49. Vietnam is considered a multi-ethnic country which _______ 54 ethnic groups with each group having
their own specific characteristics.
A. comprises of B. makes up C. consists of D. displays
50. We need to strictly _______ all the traditions of our ancestors.
A. follow B. continue C. respect D. cherish
9. IF CLAUSES
Question 11. If we want to save money, we should ____ the amount of water our family uses.
A. increase B. reduce C. adapt D. repair
Câu điều kiện (conditional sentences) là loại Câu dùng để diễn tả giả thiết cho một sự việc hoặc hành
động nào đó mà nó chỉ có thể xảy ra khi điều kiện được đề cập đến trong Question xảy ra trước.
Câu điều kiện gồm có 2 phần, tương đương với 2 mệnh đề:
- Mệnh đề 'If (If clause) hay còn gọi là mệnh đề phụ là mệnh đề chỉ điều kiện (conditional clause).
- Mệnh đề chính (main clause) là mệnh đề chỉ kết quả (result clause).
* Lưu ý: Mệnh đề 'If có thể đứng ở đầu câu hoặc cuối câu, nếu đứng ở đầu câu thì cần có dấu phẩy
ngăn cách giữa hai mệnh đề; nếu đứng ở cuối câu thì không cần dấu phẩy.
Ví dụ: - If you work harder, you will achieve the target.
- I wouldn't behave that way if I were you.
IL Các loại câu điều kiện (Types of conditional sentences)
Loại Cấu Trúc Cách dùng
Mệnh đê If Mệnh đề chính
Loại 0 If + S + any present S + present Diễn tả một thói quen, sư thật hiển
(Zero Conditional) tense/modal simple/modal nhiên hoặc điều luôn đúng
True in the present Ví dụ:
- He can get ill if he eats cheese.
- If you heat ice, it turns into water.
Loại 1 (First If + S + any present tense - S + future simple/ Diễn tả một sự việc có thể xảy ra ở
conditional) possible modal hiện tại hoặc tương lai.
in the present/future - imperative
Ví dụ:
- If we continue to destroy the environment, future generations will suffer.
- If you want to lose weight, you must eat less rice and bread.
- Let me know if you have any further questions.
Loại 2 (Second If + S + past simple/ past S + would/ could/ might Diễn tả một sự việc không có thật
conditional) continuous + V (bare) hoặc không thể xảy ra ở hiện tại
impossible in the hoặc tương lai
present/future Ví dụ:
- If I were invited to the party, I might bring my girlfriend along.
- If we didn't have to finish this today, we could go out.
- What would your boss do if you missed the deadline again.
Loại 3 (Third If + S + past perfect/ past S + would/ could/ might Diễn tả một sự việc không có thật
conditional) perfect continuous + have + P2 hoặc không thể xảy ra ở quá khứ
impossible in the past Ví dụ:
- If he had studied more carefully, he would have passed the exam.
- If we had brought the map, we wouldn't have got lost.
Loại hỗn hợp (Mixed Type 2 If + S + past Type 3 Diễn tả giả thiết trái ngược với hiện
Conditionals) simple/ past continuous S + would/ could/ might tại, còn kết quả thì không có thực
+ have + P2 trong quá khứ
Ví dụ:
- If I were rich, I would have bought a bigger house.
(Fact: I am not rich, so I didn't buy a bigger house.')
- If she liked him, she might have dated him before.
(Fact: She does not like him, so she did not date him before.)
Type 3 Type 2 Diễn tả giả thiết không có thực ở
If + S + past perfect S + would/ could/ might quá khứ và kết quả không thể xảy
+ V(bare) ra ở hiện tại
Ví dụ:
- If you hadn't stayed up too late last night, you wouldn't feel tired now. (Fact: You stayed
up too late last night, so you feel tired now.)
- If I had been invited to her wedding, I would be there today.
(Fact: I wasn't invited to her wedding, so I am not there today.)
III. Những cách diễn đạt khác của câu điêu kiện (Other expressions of conditional sentences)
Từ/ Cụm từ Ý nghĩa Ví dụ
Unless Trừ khi; nếu ... không - You'll get ill unless you stop smoking. (You'll get ill if
(If... not / except if) * Lưu ý: you don't stop smoking.)
- 'Unless' thường dùng đưa ra lời - Unless you leave now, you’ll miss the bus. (Ifyou don't
cảnh báo. leave now,you'll miss the bus.)
- Không dùng 'unless' khi sự việc - She'd look nicer if she didn't put too much make-up
trong mệnh đề if là nguyên nhân on.
chính gây ra tình huống trong câu. (NOT: She'd look nicer unless she put too much make-
- Không dùng 'unless' trong up on.)
Question hỏi. - What would she do if he didn't come? (NOT: What
- Mệnh đề có 'unless' luôn ở dạng would she de-unless he came?)
khẳng định. - Unless you don’t study, you will fail.
As/ So long as; Miễn là Với điều kiện là -You can watch TV as long as you finish all your
Provided/ Providing homework.
(that); On condition - He would come on condition (that) we gave him a lift.
(that) - I'll go there providing (that) I am invited.
Only if Chỉ với điều kiện là She'll lend him her car only if he returns it to her by
lunchtime today.
Suppose/ Giả sử như Suppose/Supposing (that) he suddenly turned up,
Supposing (that) what would we do?
Otherwise Nếu không thì We must hurry, otherwise we'll be late.
But for + Noun Nếu không có/nhờ/vì But for your help, I would have failed.
In case/ In case of + Trong trường hợp ... - Take the umbrella with you in case it rains.
Noun Kẻo ... - In case of fire, make for the nearest exit.
IV. Trường hợp 'if được lược bỏ - Đảo ngữ câu điều kiện (Omission of 'if - inverted
conditionals)
Câu điều kiện có thể được diễn đạt mà không cần dùng 'if hay 'unless' bằng cách đảo chủ ngữ ra sau
các động từ 'were', 'had', 'should' trong mệnh đề điều kiện (if-clausef
Ví dụ: - If you hear anything, please let me know.
→ Should you hear anything, please let me know.
If I were taller, I would register for a beauty contest.
→ Were I taller, I would register for a beauty contest.
If you had made him an offer, he might have accepted.
→ Had you made him an offer, he might have accepted.
* Lưu ý: Không dùng dạng rút gọn (contracted forms) trong mệnh đề đảo ngữ phủ định.
Ví dụ: If the boss hadn't treated her unfairly, she wouldn't have quit the job.
Had the boss not treated her unfairly, she wouldn't have quit the job.
NOT: Hadn't the boss treated-her unfairly, she wouldn't have quit the job.
1 If the weather good tomorrow, we swimming.
A. is/ go B. is/ will go C. will be/ go D. will be/ will go
2 If Tom were late again, he his job.
A. loses B. lose C. will lose D. would lose
3 If I were offered the job, I think I it.
A. take B. will take
C. would take D. would have taken.
4 If he comes here, I it.
A. make him do B. make him will do
C. will make him do D. will make him will do
5 If she understands the lesson, she it well.
A. will explain B. explain
C. won’t explain D. explains
6 If I were in her place, I a trip to Singapore to visit you.
A. will make B. had made
C. made D. would make
7 If I you, I wouldn’t buy that ticket.
A. am B. was C. were D. would be
8 If I had enough money, I abroad to boost my career.
A. will learn B. should learn
C. would learn D. should have learnt
9 If I didn’t want to go to the party, I go.
A. don’t B. didn’t C. won’t D. wouldn’t
10 If you time, please write to me.
A. have B. have had C. had D. has
11 Will you be angry if I your pocket dictionary?
A. stole B. have stolen C. were to steal D. steal
12 It’s impossible to pass the exam we study harder.
A. in case B. unless C. if D. whether.
13 Kathy more if she more time.
A. will read/ had B. would read/ has
C. read/ had D. would read/ had
14 If the wall weren’t so high, I it up to take the ball down.
A. climbed B. could climb C. is climbing D. climb
15 If you the truth, the police wouldn’t arrest you.
A. tells B. told C. had told D. would tell
16 If I in London now, I could visit British Museum.
A. were B. had been C. have been D. would be
17 If she didn’t wear shabby clothes, she more good-looking.
A. will be B. would be
C. would have been D. can be
18 All plants won’t grow there is enough water.
A. if B. when C. unless D. as
19 Many workers would be out of work if that factory down.
A. closes B. had closed C. closed D. would close
20 Grandparents would be disappointed if we to their 80th birthday party.
A. hadn’t come B. wouldn’t come
C. don’t come D. didn’t come
10. REPORTED SPEECH

Question 15. She asked me what time ____ home.
A. will I go B. I will go C. would I go D. I would go
Question 39. Charlie said, "I'm thinking of going to live in Canada".
A. Charlie said that I was thinking of going to live in Canada.
B. Charlie said that I am thinking of going to live in Canada.
C. Charlie said that he was thinking of going to live in Canada.
D. Charlie said that he is thinking of going to live in Canada.
Lời nói gián tiếp (reported speech hay indirect speech) là lời tường thuật những điều người khác nói.
Lời nói trực tiếp (direct speech): "We will finish the project soon," said Jack.
Lời nói gián tiếp (reported speech): Jack said that they would finish the project soon.
I. Các thay đổi trong lời nói gián tiếp
1. Thay đổi các đại từ, tính từ sở hữu
Các đại từ chỉ ngôi (personal pronouns), đại từ sở hữu (possessive pronouns), đại từ phản thân (reflexive
pronouns) và tính từ sở hữu (possessive adjectives) trong lời nói gián tiếp được thay đổi như sau:
Question trực Question gián tiếp Ví dụ
tiếp
I he/she "I've made my bed,"said Ann.
→ Ann said she had made her bed.
you (đại từ I/ he/ she/ they "You can use it", Ann told Peter.
chủ ngữ) → Ann told Peter that he could use it.
you (đại từ me/ him/ her/ them "I'll call you soon," said Ann.
tân ngữ) → Ann said she would call me soon.
we they "We'll pick you up at 7," his parents told him.
→ His parents told him that they would pick him up at 7.
me him/ her "Peter will lend me his car," said Ann.
→ Ann said Peter would lend her his car.
us them "Peter took us to the concert," said Ann.
→Ann said Peter had taken them to the concert.
my his/ her "Peter took my bike,"said Ann.
→ Ann said Peter had taken her bike.
your my/ his/ her/ their "I have seen your new car," Ann told Peter.
→ Ann told Peter that she had seen his new car.
myself himself/ herself "I have made this cake by myself," said Ann.
→ Ann said she had made that cake by herself.
yourself myself/ himself/ herself "You did it yourself?" Ann asked Peter.
→ Ann asked Peter if he had done it himself.
yourselves themselves "You can try it out for yourselves," Ann told her friends.
→ Ann told her friends that they could try it out for themselves.
2. Thay đổi trạng từ thời gian, địa điểm và từ chỉ định

Question trực Question gián tiếp Ví dụ
Trạng từ thời nowtiếp then/ "I'm very busy now,” said Ann.
gian at that moment → Ann said she was very busy then/ at the moment.
tomorrow the next day/ the "I'm going camping tomorrow,” said Ann. → Ann said
following day she was going camping the next day/ the following
day.
next week the week after/ the "I'm going camping next week, ” said Ann. → Ann
following week said she was going camping the week after/ the
following week.
today/tonight that day/ that night "I'm going camping today," said Ann.
→ Ann said she was going shopping that day.
yesterday the day before/ the "I met Sam yesterday," said Ann.
previous day → Ann said she had met Sam the day before/ the
previous day.
last week the week before/ the "I met Sam last week," said Ann.
previous week → Ann said she had met Sam the week before/ the
previous week
ago before "I met Sam three days ago, " said Ann.
→ Ann said she had met Sam three days before.
Trạng từ địa here there "I've met Sam here," said Ann.
điểm → Ann said she had met Sam there.
Từ chỉ định this that "I'll take this shirt," said Ann.
→Ann said she would take that shirt.
these those "I'll take these books,"said Ann.
→ Ann said she would take those books.
* Lưu ý: Không thay đổi trạng từ thời gian, địa điểm, và từ chỉ định nếu động từ tường thuật (reporting
verb) như say, tell ở thì hiện tại.
Ví dụ: "I'll meet Sam here tomorrow” says Ann.
→ Ann says she will meet Sam here tomorrow.
1. Thay đổi về thì động từ
1.1. Trường hợp thay đổi thì động từ
Khi động từ tường thuật ở thì quá khứ, chúng ta cần thay đổi thì của động từ trong lời nói gián tiếp.
Ví dụ: “I went to the cinema last weekend,” he said
→ He said he had gone to the cinema the previous weekend. Cụ thể:
Question trực tiếp Question gián tiếp Ví dụ
Thì hiện tại đơn Thì quá khứ đơn “I need to take a nap," said Ann.
→ Ann said she needed to take a nap.
Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn Thì quá khứ tiếp diễn “I’m taking a cooking course," said Ann.
→ Ann said she was taking a cooking course.
Thì hiện tại hoàn Thì quá khứ hoàn thành "I've repainted my room,"said Ann.
thành → Ann said she had repainted her room.
Thì hiện tại hoàn Thì quá khứ hoàn thành tiếp “I’ve been thinking about buying an apartment," said
thành tiếp diễn diễn Ann.
→ Ann said she had been thinking about buying an
apartment.
Thì quá khứ đơn Thì quá khứ hoàn thành "I spent the whole day tidying my room," said Ann.
→Ann said she had spent the whole day tidying her room.
Thì quá khứ tiếp diễn Thì quá khứ hoàn thành tiếp "I was doing my project all day,"said Ann.
diễn → Ann said she had been doing her project all day.
am/is/are going to was/ were going to "I'm going to travel abroad with Tim," said Ann. → Ann
said she was going to travel abroad with Tim.
will would "I'll help you solve it," said Ann.
→ Ann said she would help me solve it.
can could "I can do some tasks at the same time," said Ann. → Ann
said she could do some tasks at the same time.
must/ have to had to "I must spend more time relaxing,"said Ann. → Ann said
she had to spend more time relaxing.
may might "Sarah may come late," said Ann.
→ Ann said Sarah might come late.
1.2.Trường hợp KHÔNG thay đổi thì động từ

- Khi động từ tường thuật ở thì hiện tại, động từ trong Question gián tiếp không đổi thì.
Ví dụ: “I don't know where the key is," my mother says to me.
→ My mother says to me that she doesn't know where the key is.
- Khi động từ tường thuật ở thì quá khứ, động từ trong Question gián tiếp không đổi thì trong các
trường hợp sau:
+ Tường thuật một sự thật hoặc điều luôn đúng hay một thói quen ở hiện tại.
Ví dụ: "The largest planet in our solar system is Jupiter," my teacher said.
My teacher said that the largest planet in our solar system is Jupiter.
+ Động từ trong Question trực tiếp ở thì quá khứ hoàn thành, quá khứ hoàn thành tiếp diễn, hoặc là
các động từ khuyết thiêu: could, should, would, might, ought to, had to, used to.
Ví dụ: "You should think positively and be optimistic," the doctor told him.
→ The doctor told him that he should think positively and be optimistic.
+ Động từ trong Question trực tiếp ở thì quá khứ đơn hoặc quá khứ tiếp diễn có thời gian cụ thể
hoặc thuộc mệnh đề chỉ thời gian
Ví dụ: "The Australian bushfires happened in February 2020," Brian said.
→ Brian said that the Australian bushfires happened in February 2020.
"I was having dinner when you called," Karen told me.
→ Karen told me that she was having dinner when I called.
+ Sự việc giả định ở Question điều kiện loại II, loại III, cấu trúc ‘wish’, 'if only’, 'as if, 'as though’,
it’s time + mệnh đề’
Ví dụ: "Ifyou had followed my advice, you would have succeeded," his father told him. → His father
told him if he had followed his father's advice, he would have succeeded.
* Lưu ý: trong cấu trúc 'wish', 'as if, 'as though', 'it’s time’ chỉ động từ trong mệnh đề giả định
mới giữ nguyên thì.
"It's time you focused on your work," John said to Tim.→ John said to Tim that it was time he focused
on his work.
II. LỜI NÓI GIÁN TIẾP TRONG CÁC LOẠI CÂU
1. Question trần thuật (statement)
Động từ tường thuật: say, tell
say + (to sb) + (that) + s + V
tell + sb + (that) s + V
Ví dụ: “I have tasted Indian food before," said Jenny.
→ Jenny said to me that she had tasted Indian food before.
→ Jenny told me that she had tasted Indian food before.
2. Question hỏi (question)
Động từ tường thuật: ask (sb), wonder
2.1. Yes-No questions
Khi chuyển Question hỏi Yes-No sang Question gián tiếp, cần thêm từ "if hoặc "whether” trước
chủ ngữ của Question hỏi được tường thuật.
ask + (sb) + if/ whether + s + V wonder + if/ whether + s + V
Ví dụ: "Haveyou been to Spain before?" Mary asked me.→ Mary asked me if/ whether I had been to Spain
before.
2.2. Wh-questions
ask + (sb) + wh-word + s + V wonder + wh-word + s + V
Ví dụ: "How did you make this dish?" asked Tim. à Tim asked me how I had made that dish.
* Lưu ý: Question hỏi đuôi (tag question) khi chuyển sang lời nói gián tiếp giống như cách chuyển
Question hỏi Yes-No nhưng bỏ phần đuôi phía sau (question tag).
Ví dụ: "This dress is elegant, isn't it?" asked she.→ She asked if/ whether that dress was elegant.
3. Câu mệnh lệnh, cầu khiến (command, request)
Động từ tường thuật: ask, tell
ask/ tell + sb + (not) + to V
Ví dụ: "Stop making noise!", said his mother. à His mother asked him to stop making noise.
"Don't use your phone in this room!" she said to me. → She told me not to use my phone in that room.
4. Câu cảm thán (exclamation)
Động từ tường thuật: exclaim
exclaim + (that) + s + V
Ví dụ: “What a nice day!" said Sam.→ Sam exclaimed that it was a nice day.
5. Câu hỗn hợp (mixed types)
Khi đôi Question hỗn hợp sang lời nói gián tiếp, ta đổi theo từng loại câu, dùng động từ tường
thuật riêng cho từng loại câu.
Ví dụ: "Hi, Sam. What are you going?" said Ann.→ Ann greeted Sam and asked what she was going.
1 John asked the teacher in Spanish.
A. what does this word mean B. what that word means
C. what did this word mean D. what that word meant
2 He said he at the Daewoo Hotel.
A. is staying B. has stayed C. was staying D. will stay
3 She asked me I liked country music.
A. if B. whether C. that D. A&B
4 The students asked if I was going to give them the tests
A. the next day B. next day
C. day next D. the day next
5 Joe asked me how long I a teacher of Chemistry at that school.
A. the next day B. next day
C. day next D. the day next
6 He asked me with whom I French.
A. studied B. study
C. am studying D. have studied
7 John asked me fond of any kind of sports.
A. if I am B. if I was C. if was I D. if I were
8 “How are you?” he asked.
A. He asked me how are you. B. He asked me how I am
C. He asked me how was I. D. He asked me how I was.
9 Joe said to Adele: “Where are you going?”
A. Joe asked Adele where was she going.
B. Joe asked Adele where she was going.
C. Joe asked Adele where is she going.
D. Joe asked Adele where she is going.
10 “Go home,” said the teacher to the kids.
A. The teacher told the kids to go home.
B. The teacher said the kids to go home.
C. The teacher told the kids go home.
D. The teacher told to the kids to go home.
11 “I didn’t meet Susan last week”, he said.
A. He said he didn’t meet Susan the week before.
B. He said he hasn’t met Susan last week.
C. He said he hadn’t met Susan last week.
D. He said he hadn’t met Susan the week before.
12 “We are ready to start a new project”, they said to us.
A. They told us they are ready to start a new project.
B. They told us they will ready to start a new project.
C. They told us we were ready to start a new project.
D. They told us they were ready to start a new project.
13 “I have finished the test”, Orla said to me.
A. She told me she has finished the test.
B. She told me she finished the test.
C. She told me she had finished the test.
D. She told me she has been finished the test.
14 “Please bring me some chicken soup,” he said to the waitress.
A. He asked the waitress bring him some chicken soup.
B. He asked the waitress to bring her some chicken soup.
C. He asked the waitress to bring him some chicken soup.
D. He asked the waitress bring her some chicken soup.
15 “Don’t shout”, she said to me.
A. She told me don’t shout. B. She told to me not to shout.
C. She told me not to shout. D. She said to me don’t shout.
16 “I wrote to a friend yesterday”, she said.
A. She told me she had written to her friend the day before.
B. She said to me I wrote to a friend the day before.
V. She told me she had written to a friend yesterday.
D. She told me she wrote to a friend yesterday.
17 “Can you lend me some money?”, he asked me.
A. He asked me can you lend him some money.
B. He asked me could you lend him some money.
C. He asked me if I can lend him some money.
D. He asked me if I could lend him some money.
18 Charlie said, “I’ll see you tomorrow”.
A. Charlie said he’ll see me tomorrow.
B. Charlie said he would see me tomorrow.
C. Charlie said he would see me the next day.
D. Charlie said he’ll see me the next day.
19 They said, “Your father is in the office”.
A. They said that my father is in the office.
B. They said that his father was in the office.
C. They said that his father is in the office.
D. They said that my father was in the office.
20 “Can you open the door for me, Patrick?” Donna asked.
A. Donna asked to open the door for her, Patrick.
B. Donna asked Patrick to open the door for her.
C. Donna asked Patrick open the door for her.
11. PASSIVE VOICE

Question 16. That bridge ____ when I was here last year.
A. built B. was built C. was being built D. was building
Question 40. Nobody has invited her to the party.
A. No one has been invited to the party. B. She has invited nobody to the party.
C. Nobody has given a party to he. D. She hasn't been invited to the party.
Cấu trúc chủ động : Subject + Verb + Object

Ví dụ: Mary cooked the food.
Cấu trúc bị động : Subject + be + past participle + (by + agent)
Ví dụ: The food was cooked by Mary.
2. Cách dùng Question bị động (Use of passive voice)
Question bị động được dùng khi Ví dụ
Chủ thể của hành động không được biết đến Her phone has been stolen this morning.
Chủ thể của hành động quá rõ ràng, hiển nhiên He was arrested for looting, (obviously by the police)
Không cần thiết nhắc đến chủ thể hành động The little boy was found sleeping soundly in the shed.
Muốn nhấn mạnh vào hành động hon chủ thể The meeting will be held tomorrow.
Muốn thể hiện văn phong trang trọng (trong tiếng Anh - The blood is pumped around the body by heart
học thuật, báo chí, tiêu đề ...) - The team was defeated in the final minutes.
II. Cấu trúc Question bị động (Passive structures)

Cấu trúc chung: Noun/Noun phrase + be + V3/ed + (by + noun/noun phrase)
Thì Question chủ động Question bị động
Present Simple S + V(present simple) + 0 0 + am/ is/ are + P2 + (by + S) English is taught
Sue teaches English. by Sue.
Present S + am/is/are + V-ing + 0 0 + am/ is/ are + being + P2 + (by + S) English is
Continuous Sue is teaching English. being taught by Sue.
Past Simple S + V(past simple) + 0 0 + was/ were + P2 + (by + S)
Sue taught English English was taught by Sue.
Past S + was/were + V-ing + 0 0 + was/ were + being + P2 + (by + S)
Continuous Sue was teaching English. English was being taught by Sue.
Future Simple S + will + V(bare) + 0 0 + will be + P2 + (by + S)
Sue will teach English. English will be taught by Sue.
Present Perfect S + have/has + P2 + 0 0 + have/ has + been + P2 + (by + S)
Simple Sue has taught English. English has been taught by Sue.
Past Perfect S + had + P2 + 0 0 + had been + P2 + (by + S)
Simple Sue had taught English. English had been taught by Sue.
Future Perfect S + will have + P2 + 0 0 + will have been + p2 + (by + S) English will
Simple Sue will have taught English. have been taught by Sue.
Modal S + modal + V(bare) + 0 0 + modal + be + p2 + (by + S)
Sue can teach English. English can be taught by Sue.
Modal + perfect S + modal perfect + P2 + 0 0 + modal + have been + p2 + (by + S)
Sue could have taught English. English could have been taught by Sue.
Be going to S + be going to + V(bare) + 0 Sue is going 0 + be going to be + P2 + (by + S) English is

to teach English. going to be taught by Sue.
* Lưu ý:
1. 'Get' có thể được dùng thay thế cho 'be' trong trường hợp diễn đạt những sự việc gây bất ngờ hoặc
khó chịu.
Ví dụ: - He got injured while he was fixing the roof. à The house next door got knocked down last night.
2. Nếu chủ ngữ trong câu chủ động là: I, you, he, she, it, we, they, people, someone, nobody, no
one, v.v. thì chủ ngữ này có thể được lược bỏ trong câu bị động. Riêng với nobody và no one lưu ý đổi
động từ sang dạng phủ định.
Ví dụ: Nobody saw him sneaking into the room → He wasn't seen sneaking into the room.
3. Giới từ 'with' được dùng trong câu bị động cho những trường hợp sau:
- Để chỉ dụng cụ, công cụ hoặc nguyên liệu được sử dụng:
Ví dụ: - The cut is made with a scalpel. à He was shot with a rife.
- Khi đi sau các phân từ như: packed, filled, crowded, crammed, covered, surrounded,
decorated
Ví dụ: - The stadium was packed with supporters.
The room was decorated with fowers.
4. Vị trí của trạng từ và cụm trạng từ trong câu bị động
Trạng từ Vị trí Ví dụ
Chỉ cách thức Đứng giữa be và P2 The wall has been carefully painted by my father.
Chỉ nơi chốn Đứng trước by + agent The fire got started in the lab by a group of students.
Chỉ thời gian Đứng sau by + agent A present was sent to her by a stranger yesterday.
Trạng từ khác Thường đứng sau trợ động - He will never be forgiven for what he has done to us.
từ đầu tiên - She has always been bullied by her older brother.
III. Những dạng bị động đặc biệt (Special passive forms)

Cấu Trúc Đặc điểm & cách đổi sang bị động Ví dụ
1. Verbs - Động từ của một Question có thể có 2 Question chủ động:
with two tân ngữ: tân ngữ trực tiếp (direct object - He gave his girlfriend a nice present.
objects = D.O) và tân ngữ gián tiếp (indirect - He gave a nice present to his girlfriend.
(Động từ với object = I.O). Cả 2 tân ngữ đều có thể D.O: a nice present
hai tân ngữ) làm chủ ngữ trong Question bị động I.O: his girlfriend
tùy thuộc người nói muốn nhấn mạnh Question bị động:
điều gì. - His girlfriend was given a nice present
Question chủ động: - A nice present was given to his girlfriend.
S + V+I.O + D.O Question chủ động:
S + V + D.O + preposition + I.O - She has just told her sister a secret.
Question bị động: - She has just told a secret to her sister.
I.O + be + P2 + D.O Question bị động:
D.O + be + P2 + preposition + I.O - Her sister has just been told a secret.
- Một số động từ thường dùng với cấu - A secret has just been told to her sister.
trúc này: allow, award, ask, give, sell, Mary explained the rules to her students.
send, show, lend, pay, promise, tell, NOT: Mary explained her students the rules.
offer, teach, write, etc. → The rules were explained to her students.
- Không áp dụng cấu trúc: S + V + I.O + NOT: Her students were explained the rules.
D.O với động từ explain và suggest
2. Verb + - Các động từ chỉ cảm xúc hoặc mong - Do you wish me to serve dinner now?
object + ước: S + like/ love/ want/ hate/ → Do you wish to be served dinner now?
to V hope/ wish/ prefer + O + to V - She likes people to call her "Miss".
(Động từ + → Question bị động: S + V + O + to be → She likes to be called "Miss".
tân ngữ + + P2 - He asked me to take care of his dogs.
động từ có * Nếu S = O trong Question chủ động → I was asked to take care of his dogs.
'to') thì: - I believe him to have great musical talent.
→ Question bị động: S + V + to be + P2 - He is believed to have great musical talent.
- Các động từ chỉ mệnh lệnh, cho phép,
lời khuyên, lời mời: S + ask/tell/
request/ advise/ order/ invite/ allow/
permit + O + to V
- Và các động từ chỉ tri giác: S + think/
feel/ know/ understand/ believe/
consider + O + to V
→ Question bị động: S + be + P2 + to +
V
3. Verb + - Các động từ chỉ giác quan: S + feel/ -I saw Tim leave the party early. → Tim was seen to
object + hear/ listen to/ see/ watch/ smell/ leave the party early.
V(bare) taste + O + V(bare) - His parent made him tidy his bedroom.
(Động từ + - S + make/ help+ 0 + v(bare) → He was made to tidy his bedroom.
tân ngữ + → Question bị động: S + be + P2 + to V - They let us go home eventually.
động từ * Lưu ý động từ: 'let', khi đổi sang bị →We were let go eventually.
nguyên thể động bỏ 'to'. Thông thường, ‘allow’ → We were allowed to go eventually.
không có được dùng thay thế
‘to’)
4. Verb + - Với các động từ như: S + see/ hear/ - He kept me waiting for two hours.
object + watch/ find/ stop/ keep + O + V-ing →I was kept waiting for two hours.
gerund → Question bị động: S + be + P2 + V-ing - She doesn't like people teasing her.
(Động từ + - Nếu chủ ngữ và tân ngữ giống nhau →She doesn't like being teased.
tân ngữ + (S = O) trong Question chủ động có các - I remember someone giving me a good book.
danh động động từ như: like, love, hate, want, → I remember being given a good book
từ) remember, forget thì:
→ Question bị động: S + V + being + P2
5. Verb + to- Một số động từ như: S + advise/ agree/ - They decided to send their only child to a boarding
infinitive arrange/ determine/ decide/ demand/ school in the UK.
/gerund + insist/ propose/ suggest/ recommend + → They decided that their only child should be sent to
object (Động to-inf./V-ing + O a boarding school in the UK.
từ + to-inf. → Question bị động:
/V-ing + tân S + V + that + S + should be + P2
ngữ)
6. Verb + - Tân ngữ trực tiếp sau một số động từ - They voted him the most promising actor.
object + có thể được theo sau bởi một bổ ngữ → He was voted the most promising actor.
complement (danh từ hoặc tính từ) S + V + O + - We will paint our house blue.
(Động từ + Ocomplement → Our house will be painted blue.
tân ngữ + bổ - Khi chuyển sang Question bị động, các
ngữ của tân bổ ngữ trên sẽ được chuyển thành bổ
ngữ) ngữ cho chủ ngữ và đi sau động từ.
S + be + P2 + Ocomplement
7. Verb + Khi mệnh đề that (that-clause) được - Students think that Sue is a good teacher.
that-clause dùng làm tân ngữ cho các động từ như: → (a) Sue is thought to be a good teacher.
(Động từ + agree, allege, announce, assume, → (b) It is thought that Sue is a good teacher.
mệnh đề) believe, claim,consider, estimate, - They believe that he got the job.
expect, feel, find, hope, know, think, → He is believed to have got the job.
→ It is believed that he got the job.
report, rumor, say, understand thì dạng
bị động được diễn đạt theo 2 cách:
(a): S + be + P2 + to + V/have + P2
(b): It + be + P2 + that-clause
* Lưu ý: Đối với cách biến đổi theo dạng
(a):
- Nếu hành động ở that-clause xảy ra
đồng thời hoặc sau hành động ở main-
clause thì dùng to + V.
-Nếu hành động ở that-clause xảy ra
trước hành động ở main- clause thì
dùng to + have + P2.
8. Với Question mệnh lệnh dạng: - Turn off the light before you go out.
Imperative S + V + O / Don’t + V + O! →Let the light be turned off before you go out.
Sentences Khi đổi sang bị động sẽ có dạng: - Don't say bad words to the children.
(Question Let + O + be + P2 → Let not bad words be said to the children.
mệnh lệnh) Let not/Don't let + O + be + P2 → Don't let bad words be said to the children.
* Lưu ý: Những động từ không thể chuyển sang dạng bị động

Chúng ta không thể dùng cấu trúc bị động với các nội động từ (intransitive verbs) - là những động từ
không đi kèm tân ngữ như: die, live, sit, sleep, sneeze, stay, rise, happen, occur. Và những động
từ chỉ trạng thái như: have, lack, fit, suit, resemble, look, contain, mean, hold.
Ví dụ: - They have a beautiful daughter. NOT: A beautiful daughter is had by them.
This shirt doesn't fit me. NOT: Ị am not fitted by this shirt.
IV. Thể sai khiến (Causative forms)
Thể sai khiến được dùng để nói rằng chúng ta sắp xếp cho một người khác làm điều gì đó cho chúng ta,
nghĩa là chủ ngữ không phải là người thực hiện hành động, chủ ngữ yêu cầu, sai bảo hoặc trả tiền cho
người khác làm việc đó.
Ví dụ: - She painted the wall: Cô ấy sơn tường → Cô ấy tự làm việc này.
She had the wall painted: Cô ấy thuê/nhờ người sơn tường → Người khác làm việc này cho cô ấy.
Thể sai khiến có thê được diễn đạt bằng hai cách: chủ động và bị động
1. Chủ động: khi muốn đề cập đến người thực hiện hành động
Cấu trúc: [S + have + O (person) + V(bare) + O] hoặc [S + get + O(person) + to V + O]
Ví dụ: - The manager just had her assistant book a fight ticket.
We will get someone to fix the car as soon as possible.
2. Bị động: Khi không muốn/cần đề cập đến người thực hiện hành động hoặc nói về điều gì (thường
không tốt đẹp) xảy đến với ai đó
Cấu trúc: S + have/get + O (thing) + P2
Ví dụ: - He should have his hair cut a bit shorter.
-1 will get my eyes tested soon.
She had her bag stolen in the shopping mall.
He got his trousers caught in the fence.
* Cấu trúc sai khiến: S + have + O(person) + V-ing có thể được sử dụng để diễn đạt:
- Khi ai đó khiến/ gây ra (cause) cho ai khác phải làm điều gì đấy
Ví dụ: I'll have you playing the piano in no time. (I’ll teach you to play the piano in a short time.)
- Khi có ngụ ý muốn nói đến kết quả/hậu quả (consequences are implied)
Ví dụ: You'll have dozens of people phoning at all hours if you put an advert in the newspaper.
- Khi chủ ngữ không cho phép một hành động nào đó được xảy ra (someone won’t allow an action)
Ví dụ: My mum won't have anyone walking into the house in muddy boots.
1 The photos in a Washington studio last week.
A. took B. have taken C. was taken D. were taken
2 The robbers by the police since
A. have arrested B. have been arrested
C. was arrested D. had arrested
3 Dynamite by Alfred Bernhard Nobel in the 1860s.
A. had been invented B. invented
C. was invented D. was being invented
4 This exercise may with a blue-ink pen.
A. be written B. be to write C. be writing D. write
5 Last night a tornado swept through Rockville. It everything in its path.
A. destroyed B. was destroyed
C. was being destroyed D. had been destroyed
6 When the little boy the car, he was badly injured.
A. hit B. is hit by C. was hit by D. is hitting
7 Most forests in other climatic areas by human beings.
A. had already been affected B. have already been affecting
C. have already affected D. have already been affected
8 The new highway and built last year.
A. planned B. had planned C. was planning D. was planned
9 to you yet?
A. Have the comic been given back
B. Have the comic been give back
C. Have the comic been gave back
D. Have the comic being given back
10 As the patient could not walk, he home in a wheelchair since this morning.
A. has carried B. has been carried
C. was carried D. was carrying
11 Let’s go ahead and do it now. Nothing if we just wait.
A. will be accomplished B. accomplished
C. has accomplished D. accomplishes
12 I still can’t believe it! My laptop together with all documents last night.
A. stole B. stolen
C. was stolen D. was stealing
13 It’s impossible to go along this way because the road is .
A. been repaired B. being repaired
C. repaired D. repairing
14 People don’t use this service on special occasions.
A. This service is not used on special occasions.
B. Special occasions this service is not used on.
C. This service on special occasions is not used
D. This service is used on special occasions.
15 How did people learn a new language?
A. How was a new language learned?
B. How was a new language learned by people?
C. How new a language was learned?
D. A&B are correct.
16 Somebody is using the computer at the moment.
A. The computer is used at the moment.
B. The computer being used at the moment.
C. The computer is being used at the moment.
D. The computer is used at the moment by somebody.
17 The detectives will record his conversation.
A. His conversation will be recorded by the detectives.
B. His conversation will recorded by the detectives.
C. His conversation will being recorded by the detectives.
D. His conversation recorded by the detectives.
18 People should send their complaints to the head office.
A. Complaints should be sent to the head office.
B. Complaints should be sent to the head office.
C. Their complaints should be sent to the head office.
D. Their complaints about the head office should be sent.
19 They had to postpone the convention because of bad weather.
A. The convention had to because of bad weather to be postponed
B. The convention had to be postponed because of bad weather.
C. The convention had to postpone by them because of bad weather.
D. The convention because of bad weather had to be postponed.
20 They are making a small path around the poor village now.
A. A small path is being made around the poor village now (by them).
B. A small path is being made around the poor village (by them) now.
C. A small path around the poor village is being used (by them).
D. Around the poor village a small path is made (by them) now.
12. RELATIVE CLAUSES

Question 17. I enjoy my job because I like the people with ____ I work.
A. who B. whom C. whose D. that
- Mệnh đề quan hệ (relative clause) còn được gọi là mệnh đề tính ngữ được dùng để bổ nghĩa cho
danh từ đứng trước.
- Mệnh đề quan hệ đứng ngay sau danh từ mà nó bổ nghĩa.
- Mệnh đề quan hệ được bắt đầu bằng một đại từ quan hệ (relative pronoun) hoặc một trạng từ quan
hệ (relative adverb).
Ví dụ: The man who lives next door is very friendly.
II. Đại từ quan hệ (Relative pronouns)
Đại từ Cách dùng Ví dụ
quan hệ
Who - Thay thế cho danh từ chỉ người - The man who is standing over there is Mr.
- Được dùng làm chủ ngữ hoặc tân ngữ trong mệnh Pike.
đề quan hệ - That is the girl who has won the medal.
Whom - Thay thế cho danh từ chỉ người - The boy whom you are looking for is Tom.
- Được dùng làm tân ngữ trong mệnh đề quan hệ - Do you know the girl whom Tom is talking to?
Which - Thay thế cho sự vật, đồ vật, con vật hoặc sự việc - This is the book which I like best.
- Được dùng làm chủ ngữ hoặc tân ngữ trong mệnh - The cat which I have recently bought is a tri-
đề quan hệ colored cat.
That - Được dùng thay thế cho who, whom, which trong - The architect who/ that designed this
mệnh đ'ê quan hệ xác định building is very famous.
- Dùng that sau danh từ hỗn hợp chỉ cả người và - We can see farmers and cattle that are going
vật to the field.
- Dùng that sau các đại từ bất định nothing, - He just said anything that came into his
everything, something, anything head.
- Dùng that sau all, little, much, none - These walls are all that remain in the city.
- Bắt buộc dùng that sau dạng so sánh nhất - She's one of the kindest people that I know.
Whose - Được dùng để chỉ sự sở hữu cho danh từ chỉ người - The boy whose bicycle you borrowed
hoặc vật đứng trước yesterday is Tom.
- Thay thế cho tính từ sở hữu hoặc sở hữu cách của - John found a cat whose leg was broken.
danh từ
- Luôn theo sau là danh từ
* Lưu ý:
- Who có thể được dùng thay thế cho whom.
Ví dụ: They are visiting the woman who / whom they met on holiday.
- Which được dùng sau dấu phẩy để thay thế cho cả mệnh đề đứng trước.
Ví dụ: He passed the exam, which made his parents happy.
- Không dùng that sau dấu phẩy và giới từ.
- Có thể dùng of which thay thế cho whose để chỉ sự sở hữu của vật.
Ví dụ: John found a cat, the leg of which was broken.
III. Trạng từ quan hệ (Relative Adverbs)
Trạng từ Cách dùng Ví dụ
quan hệ
Where - Được dùng thay thế cho - This is the place where/ at which the accident
(= giới từ + danh từ chỉ nơi chốn happened.
which) - We then moved to Paris, where/ in which we
lived for six years.
When (= - Được dùng thay thế cho - I'll never forget the day when/ on which I met her.
giới từ + danh từ chỉ thời gian - That was the time when/ at which he managed
which) the company.
Why (= for - Được dùng để chỉ lý do, - Please tell me the reason why you are so sad.
which) thay thế cho the reason
* Lưu ý:
- Where có thể bỏ đi hoặc được thay thế bằng that sau somewhere, anywhere, everywhere,
nowhere, place.
Ví dụ: Have you got somewhere (where/ that) I can lie down for an hour.
- Where có thể bỏ đi hoặc thay thế bằng that trong mệnh đề quan hệ xác định.
Ví dụ: I’ll never forget the day (when/ that) I met her.
IV. Giới từ trong mệnh đê quan hệ (Prepositions in relative clauses)
Trong mệnh đề quan hệ, khi đại từ quan hệ làm tân ngữ của giới từ thì giới từ thường có hai vị trí: trước
các đại từ quan hệ whom và which hoặc sau động từ.
1. Trong lối văn trang trọng, giới từ đứng trước các đại từ quan hệ whom và which.
Ví dụ: The man to whom my mother is talking is my form teacher.
Mr. Carter, to whom I spoke on the phone last night, is very interested in our plan.
2. Trong lối văn thân mật, giới từ thường đứng sau động từ trong mệnh đề quan hệ.
Ví dụ: That's the man who(m)/ that I was talking about.
The picture that/ which she was looking at was famous.
3. Trong mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định, các cụm từ chỉ số lượng như: all of/ most of/ neither of/
many of có thể được dùng với whom, which và whose.
Ví dụ: Mary has three brothers, all of whom are married.
Tom tried on three jackets, none of which fitted him.
* Lưu ý:
- Trong mệnh đề quan hệ xác định, các đại từ quan hệ làm tân ngữ của giới từ (who(m)/ which/ that)
thường được lược bỏ và giới từ luôn đứng sau động từ.
Ví dụ: Was that the restaurant (which/ that) you normally go to?
- Giới từ không được đặt trước that hoặc who.
Ví dụ: Mr. Jones, who I am working for, is very generous.
- Với cụm động từ (phrasal verb) thì không tách được giới từ ra khỏi động từ nên giới từ luôn theo
sau động từ.
Ví dụ: Did you find the word which/ that you were looking up?
- Giới từ without không được đặt sau động từ.
Ví dụ: The woman without whom I can't live is Jane.
NOT: The woman whom I can't live without is Jane:
V. Các loại mệnh đề quan hệ (Types of relative clause)
1. Mệnh đề quan hệ xác định (Defining relative clauses)
- Được dùng để xác định danh từ đứng trước vì danh từ đó chưa rõ chỉ ai/ cái gì
- Cần thiết cho ý nghĩa của câu, nếu bỏ đi Question không đủ nghĩa
- Không tách với mệnh đề chính bằng dấu phẩy
Ví dụ: The man who robbed you has been arrested.
* Lưu ý: Có thể lược whom, which, that, when, why trong mệnh đề quan hệ xác định.
2. Mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định (Non-defining relative clauses)
- Được dùng để bổ sung thêm thông tin cho danh từ đứng trước và danh từ đó đã xác định (tên riêng;
có tính từ sở hữu đứng trước; có tính từ chỉ định đứng trước)
- Không cần thiết phải có trong câu, không có nó Question vẫn đủ nghĩa
- Phải tách với mệnh đề chính bằng dấu phẩy
Ví dụ: Sarah, who/ whom you met yesterday, is my friend at school.
VI. Dạng rút gọn của mệnh đề quan hệ (Reduced forms of relative clause)
1. Rút gọn mệnh đề quan hệ bằng cụm phân từ (Participle phrases)
a. Cụm phân từ hiện tại (present participle)
Được dùng để rút gọn mệnh đề quan hệ khi động từ trong mệnh đề ở thể CHỦ ĐỘNG (thường ở thì
tiếp diễn)
Ví dụ: - The man who is sitting next to Mandy is my uncle.
→The man sitting next to Mandy is my uncle.
A lorry which was carrying pipes has overturned.
→A lorry carrying pipes has overturned.
Boys who attended this school had to wear uniform.
→Boys attending this school had to wear uniform
b. Cụm phân từ quá khứ (past participle)
Được dùng để rút gọn mệnh đ'ê quan hệ khi động từ trong mệnh đề ở thể BỊ ĐỘNG.
Ví dụ: - The boy who was injured in the accident was taken to the hospital.
→ The boy injured in the accident was taken to the hospital.
- Most of the goods which are made in this factory are exported.
→ Most of the goods made in this factory are exported.
2. Rút gọn mệnh đề quan hệ bằng cụm danh từ (Noun phrases)
Mệnh đề quan hệ KHÔNG XÁC ĐỊNH có thể rút gọn bằng cụm danh từ.
Ví dụ: - George Washington, who was the first president of the United States, was a general in the army.
→ George Washington, the first president of the United States, was a general in the army.
- We visited Barcelona, which is a city in northern Spain.
→ We visited Barcelona, a city in northern Spain.
3. Rút gọn mệnh đề quan hệ bằng cụm động từ nguyên thê (Infinitive phrases)
Mệnh đ'ê quan hệ KHÔNG XÁC ĐỊNH có thể rút gọn bằng cụm động từ nguyên thể trong các trường
hợp sau:
- Sau các từ first, second,..., last, next, only và so sánh nhất
Ví dụ: - The captain was the last man who left the ship.
→The captain was the last man to leave the ship.
The guest on our show is the youngest golfer who won the Open.
→The guest on our show is the youngest golfer to win the Open.
Khi muốn diễn đạt mục đích hoặc sự cho phép
Ví dụ: - The children need a big yard which they can play in.
→The children need a big yard to play in.
- Here is the form that you must fill in.
→ Here is the form for you to fill in.
1 I liked the friends I met on Tet holiday in my hometown.
A. who B. why C. whom D. which
2 Gregg has passed the final exam, is great news.
A. who B. that C. which D. whom
3 The engineers designed the tower received the highest award.
A. who C. which
C. that D. A&C are correct
4 He lives in a small town .
A. where is called Bibury B. which is called Bibury
C. is called Bibury D. that called Bibury
5 My grandfather, a wise politican, has greatly influenced my life.
A. is B. that is C. who is D. who he is
6 The man along the corridor is our headmaster.
A. who walks B. that walks C. walking D. All are correct
7 Nha Trang, known as one of the most beautiful city in Viet Nam, attracts many tourists
every year.
A. which is B. that is C. what is D. who is
8 Have you ever met the author __________ Jane mentioned in class this morning?
A. which B. Ø C. whose D. of which
9 Mark has been looking after a dog __________ leg had been broken in a recent accident.
A. who B. whose C. that D. what as
10 Painswick is a town .
A. where I was born B. that I was born
C. which I was born D. which I was born there
11 The week Mike went camping was the wettest of the year.
A. which B. when C. How D. who
12 Is that the lawyer to you spoke?
A. who B. what C. whom D. which
13 The girl living next-door to me is giving birth next year.
A. The girl that lives next-door to me is giving birth next year.
B. The girl lives next-door to me is giving birth next year.
C. The girl lives next-door to me gives birth next year.
D. The girl whom she lives next-door to me giving birth next year.
14 Is the girl your fiancee? The girl is standing in front of the bookstore.
A. Is the girl whom is standing in front of the bookstore your fiancee?
B. Is the girl who is standing in front of the bookstore your fiancee?
C. Is the girl stands in front of the bookstore your fiancee?
D. Is the girl who stands in front of the bookstore your fiancee?
15 The story was very funny. The Math teacher told the story.
A. The story that the math teacher told was very funny.
B. The story which the math teacher told was very funny.
C. The story the math teacher told was very funny.
D. All are correct
16 The agreement ended 3-month negotiation. It was signed yesterday afternoon.
A. The agreement which ended 3-month negotiation was signed yesterday afternoon
B. The agreement which was signed yesterday afternoon lasted 3-month.
C. The negotiation which lasted three months was signed yesterday afternoon.
D. The agreement which was signed yesterday afternoon ended 3-month negotiation
17 The tree should be cut down. Its branches are dead.
A. The tree whose branches are dead should be cut down.
B. The tree its branches are dead should be cut down.
C. The tree where the branches of which are dead should be cut down.
D. A and C are correct.
18 The children were attracted by the show. It was performed by the clowns.
A. The children attracted by the show which was performed by the clowns.
B. The children were attracted by the show to have been performed by the clowns.
C. The children were attracted by the show which was performed by the clowns.
D. The show performing by the clowns attracted the children.
19 Tell me the countries. People drive on the left there.
A. Tell me the countries which people drive on the left there.
B. Tell me the countries that people drive on the left there.
C. Tell me the countries where people drive on the left.
D. Tell me the countries when people drive on the left there.
20 The man is my cousin. He is talking to Mike.
A. The man who is talking to Mike is my cousin.
B. The man is talking to Mike is my cousin.
C. The man talks to Mike is my cousin.
D. The man talked to Mike is my cousin.
13. TAG QUESTION

Question 18. He phoned me when I was out, ____ ?
A. didn't he B. did he C. does he D. doesn't he
1. Chức năng
Câu hỏi đuôi được sử dụng khi người nói không chắc về điều gì và muốn xác nhận lại.
Ví dụ: You are working for Facebook, aren't you?
Ngoài ra, Câu hỏi đuôi được sử dụng khi người nói biết rõ về điều gì và muốn người nghe đồng ý với
điều đó.
Ví dụ: It's a great idea, isn't it?
2. Cách thành lập
Câu hỏi đuôi gồm 2 thành phần: Câu trần thuật (statement) và đuôi Câu hỏi (question tag).
- Nếu Câu trần thuật mang nghĩa khẳng định thì đuôi Câu hỏi phủ định.
- Nếu Câu trần thuật mang nghĩa phủ định thì đuôi Câu hỏi khẳng định. Đuôi Câu hỏi có cấu trúc
sau:
Be/ trợ động từ/ động từ khuyết thiếu + (not) + đại từ chủ ngữ?
Ví dụ: - The meeting is at 8 a.m., isn't it?
Jane never tells lies, does she?
He must lose weight, mustn't he?
3. Các trường hợp đặc biệt
- Nếu chủ ngữ trong Câu trần thuật là nobody, no one, everyone, everybody, someone thì chủ ngữ
trong phần đuôi là they.
Ví dụ: Nobody has submitted proposals for the research, have they?
- Nếu chủ ngữ trong Câu trần thuật là nothing, everything, this, that thì chủ ngữ trong phần đuôi
là it. Tương tự nếu Câu trần thuật có chủ ngữ là these, those thì chủ ngữ trong phần đuôi sẽ là they.
Ví dụ: - Everything was covered in a thick layer of dust, wasn't it?
Those bottles of wine are the finest ones, aren't they?
- Nếu chủ ngữ trong Câu trần thuật là there thì chủ ngữ trong phần đuôi là there.
Ví dụ: There are more countries north of the equator than south of it, aren't there?
- Nếu chủ ngữ trong mệnh đề trần thuật là I và (trợ) động từ trong mệnh đề trần thuật là ‘be’ thì phần
đuôi phủ định sẽ có dạng là aren’t I.
Ví dụ: I am supposed to bring the books, aren't I?
- Nếu Câu phần trần thuật là Câu mệnh lệnh thì có đuôi là will you dù Câu mệnh lệnh là khẳng định
hay phủ định. Có thể thay will you bằng would you, could you để thêm lịch sự.
Ví dụ: - Help me lift this box, will you?
Don't call me by that name, will you?
- Nếu Câu trần thuật có 2 mệnh đề theo mẫu: Chủ ngữ + believe / suppose / think / know / feel I
expect + that + a clause thì ta xét 2 trường hợp:
+ Nếu chủ ngữ trong mệnh đ'ê chính là I thì ta lấy mệnh đề phụ trong Câu trần thuật (mệnh đề sau
that] để thành lập đuôi Câu hỏi.
Ví dụ: I think he is a talented artist, isn't he?
+ Nếu chủ ngữ trong mệnh đề chính không phải là I thì ta lấy mệnh đề chính để thành lập đuôi Câu
hỏi.
Ví dụ: They think it's a good idea, don't they?
- Với Question cảm thán, ta lấy danh từ trong Câu đổi thành đại từ, và dùng động từ be.
Ví dụ: - What a pleasant weather, isn't it?
How gorgeous your sister is, isn't she?
- Must có nhiều cách dùng, do đó tùy theo cách dùng mà sẽ có đuôi Câu hỏi khác nhau.
+ Nếu must chỉ sự cần thiết thì ta dùng need.
Ví dụ: They must go to bed early, needn't they?
+ Nếu must chỉ sự cấm đoán thì ta dùng must.
Ví dụ: You mustn't use your mobile phone in class, must you?
+ Nếu must chỉ sự suy đoán ở hiện tại thì ta dựa vào động từ theo sau must.
Ví dụ: He must earn a lot of money, doesn't he?
+ Nếu must chỉ sự suy đoán ở quá khứ thì ta dùng trợ động từ have.
Ví dụ: Helen must have revised for the exam thoroughly, hasn't she?
1 He is better cook than his father, ?
A. is she B. isn’t he C. are they D. aren’t they
2 You don’t know him, ?
A. do you B. don’t you C. are you D. aren’t you
3 There are no easy ways to learn Japanese, ?
A. are they B. are there C. aren’t they D. aren’t there
4 Joyce seldom goes to the library on Saturday, ?
A. doesn’t he B. is he C. does he D. isn’t he
5 Let’s go jogging, ?
A. will we B. shall we C. don’t you D. do you
6 Min Jun owns a restaurant, ?
A. does he B. is he C. doesn’t he D. didn’t he
7 I think Justin will join us, ?
A. doesn’t he B. won’t he C. will he D. don’t I
8 The film is really good, ?
A. is it B. are they C. isn’t it D. aren’t they
9 You’ll be back before midnight, ?
A. will you B. won’t you C. are you D. won’t you be
10 You are going to her wedding party, ?
A. won’t B. didn’t you C. weren’t you D. aren’t you
11 The ticket to Manchester doesn’t cost a lot, ?
A. does it B. do they C. is it D. isn’t it
12 Andrea can speak English fluently, ?
A. can’t she B. can she C. can’t her D. could she
13 I’m a bit late, ?
A. am not I B. aren’t you C. are you D. aren’t I
14 You have missed 3 lessons recently, ?
A. haven’t you B. have you C. don’t you D. didn’t you
15 You shouldn’t be so angry with mom, ?
A. could you B. should you C. had you D. did you
16 Stop making noise right now, ?
A. shall you B. will you C. do you D. don’t you
17 The children had left school before you saw them, ?
A. hadn’t they B. hadn’t it C. didn’t they D. didn’t it
18 He has worked hard, ?
A. does he B. did he C. has he D. hasn’t he
19 They didn’t invite him to the showroom, ?
A. do they B. don’t they C. did they D. didn’t they
20 Maths is difficult, ?
A. aren’t they B. isn’t it C. isn’t she D. isn’t he
14. CONJUNCTIONS
Question 19. They enjoyed their holiday ____ it rained a lot.
A. despite B. although C. because D. so
Question 28. (28) ___ the people at the house do not give them candy, the children will (29)____ a
trick on them. But this hardly ever happens.
A. Whether B. So C. Although D. If
I. Liên từ kết hợp (co-ordinating conjunctions)
Dùng để nối các từ, nhóm từ có chức năng giống nhau (danh từ với danh từ, động từ với động từ, tính
từ với tính từ, ...) hoặc các mệnh đề độc lập về mặt ngữ pháp
Liên từ kết hợp Ví dụ

1. Nhóm AND chỉ sự thêm vào gồm: - I do morning exercise every day to keep fit and relax.
- các liên từ như: and, both ... and, not only ... -I want both the pizza and the sandwich. I'm very hungry now.
but also, as well as - I'll eat them both: not only the pizza but also the sandwich.
- các trạng từ như: besides, furthermore, - She is a talented musician as well as a professional
moreover photographer.
- các cụm từ như: in addition - I don't want to be a teacher. Besides, I am not good at working
with children.
2. Nhóm BUT chỉ sự mâu thuẫn hoặc trái - He works quickly but accurately.
ngược gồm: - I took a book with me on my holiday, yet I didn't read a single
- các liên từ: but, yet, still page.
- các trạng từ: however, nevertheless - There is little chance that we will succeed in changing the law.
- các cụm từ: on the other hand Nevertheless, it is important that we try.
- I don't want to be late for the meeting. On the other hand, 1
don't want to get there too early.
3. Nhóm OR chỉ sự lựa chọn hoặc đoán chừng - You can playgames or watch TV.
gồm: -I want either the pizza or the sandwich.
- các liên từ: or, or else, otherwise, either ... or, -I neither knew nor cared what had happened to him.
neither ... nor - My parents lent me the money. Otherwise,I couldn't have
afforded the trip.
4. Nhóm SO chỉ hậu quả, kết quả gôm: - I've started dating one soccer player, so now I can watch the
- các liên từ: so, therefore, for game each week.
- các trạng từ: consequently - There is still much to discuss. We shall, therefore, return to this
- các cụm từ: as a result item at our next meeting.
- She failed her exams and was consequently unable to start her
studies at college.
II. Liên từ phụ thuộc (subordinating conjunctions)

Dùng để mở đầu một mệnh đề phụ (mệnh đề danh từ hoặc mệnh đề trạng từ)
Liên từ kết hợp Ví dụ
1. Nhóm WHEN chỉ mối quan hệ vê thời gian: - When she cries, I just can’t think!
- He watches TV after he finishes his work.
- các liên từ: when, whenever, while, as, as - He didn't come home until2.00 a.m. yesterday.
soon as, after, before, until/ till, since, by the - By the time I am 30 years old, I will have finished my English
time course.
2. Nhóm BECAUSE chỉ nguyên nhân hoặc lí do - I didn't go to school today because it rained so heavily.
gồm: - As/Since I liked him, I tried to help him.
- các liên từ: as, since, now (that), seeing - Now (that)/ Seeing (that) it's your money, I suppose you can
(that/ as) buy whatever you want.
3. Nhóm IF chỉ điều kiện gồm: - The crop will die unless it rains soon.
- các liên từ: if, unless, in case, provided - Provided that you have the money in your account, you can
(that), supposing (that) withdraw up to $300 a day.
4. Nhóm THOUGH chỉ sự tương phản gồm: - Although/ Though I don't agree with him, I think he's honest.
- các liên từ: though, although, even though, - Keep calm whatever happens.
even if - They'll find out the truth whether you tell them or not.
- các cụm từ: whether ... or not, no matter
what, whatever, whenever, whoever,
however
5. Nhóm IN ORDER THAT chỉ mục đích gồm: - All those concerned must work together in order that
- các liên từ: in order that, so that, for fear agreement can be reached on this issue.
that - I had to run away for fear (that) he might one day kill me.
6. Nhóm SO ... THAT chỉ kết quả gồm: - The programme has been so organized that none of the talks
- so + adj/ adv + that overlap.
- such + (a/an) + adj + noun + that - It was such a boring speech that I fell asleep.
7. Nhóm THAT đưa ra một lời tuyên bố, một ý -I understood that he was innocent.
kiến, một sự kiện hoặc một lý do. - It's possible that he hasn't received the letter.
Question 1. ______ the very hot weather, they continued playing football.
A. Because B. Because of C. In spite of D. Although
Question 2. She managed to express her thoughts to the interviewer _______ her poor English.
A. in spite of B. though C. because D. because of
Question 3. Eating organically grown food is a clear, intelligent, delicious choice _______, finding and
affording only organic food is sometimes tough.

A. However B. Although C. Regarding D. So
Question 4. _______ he is more than 65 years old now, he is still quite active.
A. Because B. Because of C. Despite D. Although
Question 5. Sam accepted the job _______ the low salary.

A. because of B. because C. despite D. although
Question 6. John crashed his truck _________ he was driving too fast.
A. despite B. although C. because D. because of
Question 7. Nam is motivated to study _______ he knows that a good education can improve his life.
A. because of B. in spite of C. because D. although
Question 8. Bill managed to get to the train station himself _______ his leg was broken.
A. because B. because of C. in spite of D. although
Question 9. _______ the difficulty, they managed to climb to the top of the mountain.
A. Although B. Because C. In spite of D. Because of
Question 10. _______ she is busy, she manages to pick her children up after school every day.
A. In spite of B. Although C. Despite D. Because
Question 11. She is fed up with sharing a house with others; _______, she is looking for her own flat.
A. Moreover B. therefore C. however D. although
Question 12. He was late for school this morning _______ he had missed the bus.
A. in spite of B. although C. despite D. because
Question 13. We didn’t enjoy the day ______ the weather was so awful.
A. because B. due to C. although D. in spite of
Question 14. Alex’s class is enjoying the picnic _______ the bad weather.
A. although B. in spite of C. because D. because of
Question 15. _______ her poor conditions, she won a scholarship to study abroad.
A. Even though B. Despite C. Due to D. Because
Question 16. I have decided to buy that house. I won't change my mind _______ what you say.
A. no matter B. although C. because D. whether
Question 17. Many exam candidates lose marks simply _______ they do not read the questions properly.
A. despite B. because C. due to D. because of
Question 18. Jane had butterflies in her stomach _______ having prepared carefully for the interview.
A. due to B. though C. despite D. because
Question 19. Smoking cigarettes can cause several health problems for smokers _______ it can affect the
health of others who breathe in second-hand smoke.

A. Subsequently B. However C. Therefore D. Moreover
Question 20. People gather at the Rockefeller Center _______ take part in the winter tradition of ice
skating.
A. because B. in order to C. for D. so that
15. PHRASAL VERBS

Question 20. ____ the lights when you go out.
A. Put on B. Turn off C. Put off D. Turn on
1 The thief broke my house yesterday.

A. off B. up C. out D. into
2 Our car at the side of the highway in the flood.
A. broke into B. broke away
C. broke in D. broke down
3 I can with most things but I can’t stand the noise.
A. put aside B. put on C. put up D. put off
4 If you really want to lose weight, you need to eating desserts.
A. give away B. give up C. put off D. take off
5 Do not be so serious. You need to from work and take a holiday, Tom.
A. go away B. get away C. relax D. run on
6 We’re not ready yet, we are going to have to the conference until next month.
A. take off B. put off C. take on D. go off
7 My brother my cat while I was away on vacation.
A. looked after B. looked for
C. looked at D. looked on
8 Our flight was delayed, but it finally shortly after 1 a.m.
A. took off B. took on C. took up D. put off
9 She promised to her cigartte smoking to three a day.
A. cut down B. give up C. give away D. cut up
10 We’d better stop soon, otherwise, we’ll of fuel.
A. run out B. go off C. get off D. get on
11 Their aim is to up a new policy to protect the disabled.
A. strike B. stand C. set D. show
12 I saw Jason take your laptop so I ran him.
A. into B. over C. with D. after
13 Celina always wanted to be an actress when she up.
A. came B. grew C. brought D. settled
14 The court had to be put until Monday.
A. away B. on C. off D. up
15 She said that everything was up to me. She could not make my mind yet
A. for B. up C. out D. off
16 ! The wall is going to fall.
A. Look out B. Look up C. Look on D. Look after
17 I am tired because I late last night.
A. stayed up B. kept off C. put down D. brought up
18 Tom! away all your toys and go to bed right now.
A. come B. go C. put D. call
19 Maria is not really friendly. She does not get on well her classmates.
A. from B. with C. for D. to
20 Please a moment while I see if Jack is in his office.
A. get on well B. get on
C. hold on D. stand on
16. COMMUNICATIVE FUNCTION

Question 23. A: "How do you do. I'm Jack." - B: " _____ "
A. Very well, thank you B. How do you do C. Thank you D. What do you do
Question 24. John: "I've passed my final exam." - Tom: " ____ "
A. Good luck. B. It's nice of you to say so.C. That's a good idea. D.
Congratulations!
CÁC TÌNH HUỐNG GIAO TIẾP THƯỜNG GẶP

1. Lời mời và cách đáp lại lời mời
Tình huống mẫu Đồng ý Từ chối
- Would you like a cup of coffee? - Yes, please. - I’m sorry to refuse your invitation.
(Bạn có muốn một tách cà phê (Vâng, cảm ơn). (Tôi rất tiếc phải từ chối lời mời của
không?) - I’d love to, thanks. bạn).
- Would you like to come to my (Mình rất hân hạnh, cám ơn). - I can’t, sorry. I have to work.
party this Saturday? - That’s very kind of you, thanks. (Tôi không thể, xin lỗi nhé. Tôi có việc
(Bạn có muốn tới bữa tiệc của mình - It’s very nice of you, thanks. rồi).
thứ Bảy tuần này không?) (Bạn thật tốt, cám ơn). - Thanks for your invitation but I’m
- Would you care to join us? - That sounds lovely, thanks. busy now.
(Bạn muốn tham gia cùng chúng tôi (Nghe thú vị đó, cảm ơn). (Cảm ơn bạn đã mời nhưng giờ tôi
không?) - Thank you for your kind invitation. bận rồi).
- Do you want to go out with me (Cảm ơn vì lời mời của bạn). - I’m afraid I won’t be able to come.
tonight? - I’ll be glad to do so. (Tôi e là không thể tới được).
(Bạn có muốn đi chơi cùng mình tối (Tôi rất vui được làm thế). - I’m afraid I am busy tomorrow.
nay không?) - Thanks, I’d like that very (Tôi e là ngày mai tôi bận rồi).
- Do you feel like going for a walk? much. (Cảm ơn nhé, tôi thích như - Sony, I’d love to but I have an
(Bạn có muốn đi dạo không?) vậy lắm). appointment.
- That’s a great idea. (Xin lỗi nha, tôi rất thích nhưng tôi có
(Thật là ý tưởng tuyệt vời). cuộc hẹn rồi).
- Thanks for inviting me. (Cảm ơn đã - I really don’t think I can, sorry.
mời tôi). (Mình nghĩ là mình không thể rồi. Xin
- Many thanks for your kind lỗi nha).
invitation. I’ll join you. (Cảm ơn rất - That’s very kind of you, but I can’t
nhiều vì lời mời. Tôi sẽ tới). accept your invitation.
- With pleasure! (Rất sẵn lòng). (Bạn thật tốt nhưng mình lại không
- Sure. (Chắc chắn rồi). nhận lời được ròi).
- Yeah, why not! (Vâng, sao lại
không nhỉ).
- Sounds good. (Nghe thú vị đấy).
2. Lời yêu cầu, đề nghị và cách đáp lại
2.1. Hỏi xin phép làm gì và cách đáp lại
- Can I borrow your books? - Yes, sure. / Yes, of course. - Well, I’m afraid...(+ lý do)
(Mình có thể mượn những cuốn (Chắc chắn là được chứ.) (Mình e là.....)
sách của bạn không?) - Yes, that’ fine. (Được mà). - Well, the problem is…
- Could I have some cake? - Certainly. (Chắc chắn rồi) (Ồ, vấn đề là....)
(Con có thể ăn một chút bánh - Of course, you can. (Chắc chắn là
không?) có thể rồi).
- Could I possibly sit here?
(Tôi có thể ngồi ở đây không?)
- Is it OK/ all right if I open the
window?
(Có được không nếu tôi mở cửa sổ
ra?)
- Do you mind if I turn on the TV? - No, not at all. - Sony, but…
(Bạn có phiền không nếu tôi bật ti vi (Không, không sao đâu). (Xin lỗi nhưng.....)
lên?) - No, of course not.
(Tất nhiên là không rồi).
- May I help you? (Mình có thể giúp -Yes, please. (Vâng. Làm ơn). - Thank you. I’ll do it.
bạn không?) (Cảm ơn. Mình sẽ tự làm).
- Can I have the bill? (Cho tôi cái hóa - Just a moment/ minute.
đơn được không?) (Chờ một phút ạ).
- Can I bring my friends to the - The more the merrier.
party? (Mình có thể đưa bạn tới bữa (Càng đông càng vui).
tiệc cùng không?)
2.2. Lời đềnghị, yêu cầu và cách đáp lại
- Can you help me with this Yes, sure. Well, I’m afraid + (lý do).
exercise? Yes, of course. Well, the problem is...
(Bạn có thể giúp tôi bài tập này Certainly. (Ồ, mình e là...
không?) (Tất nhiên là được rồi). (Ồ, vấn đề là...)
- Could you close the door ? No, not at all. Sorry, but.... (Xin lỗi, nhưng....)
(Bạn có thể đóng cửa vào không?) Of course not.
- Will you help me give this letter to (Tất nhiên là không rồi).
him?
(Bạn sẽ giúp tôi đưa lá thư này cho
anh ấy chứ?)
- Would you make dinner today?
(Bạn sẽ nấu bữa tối nay nhé?)
- Do you mind turning off the lights
before going out?
(Bạn có thể tắt hết điện trước khi ra
khỏi nhà không?)
Would you mind cleaning the
house?
(Anh có thể lau nhà được không?)
3. Lời gợi ý và cách đáp lại
- Let’s go out for lunch. (Cùng ra - Yes, I’d love to. /Yes, I’d like - No, let’s not. (Không, đừng làm
ngoài ăn trưa đi.) to. (Mình rất thích). thế).
- What about going to the beach - What a good idea! (Đúng là ý - Well, I’d rather/ I prefer... (Ồ, mình
this summer? (Thế đi tới bãi biển tưởng hay). thích...hơn)
mùa hè này thì sao?) - Why not? (Sao lại không nhỉ) - I don’t feel like it. (Mình thấy không
- How about cooking at - Yes, that sounds like a great thích lắm).
home? (Thế thì nấu cơm ở nhà idea. (Được, nghe có vẻ là ý kiến hay - No, thanks. (Không cảm ơn).
nhé?) đấy). - I’m not sure. (Mình cũng không
- Why don’t we eat some fruit - Yes, that’s not a bad idea. (Được, ý chắc).
now? (Sao chúng ta không ăn một tưởng không tồi). - I don’t think that’s a good idea. (Tớ
ít trái cây nhỉ?) - Count me in too. (Mình tham gia không nghĩ đó là ý hay đâu).
- Couldn’t we go to the cùng nhé) - We had better not... (Tốt nhất là ta
park? (Chúng ta có thể tới công - Yes, let’s. (Được, cùng làm nhé.) không nên...)
viên không?) - It sounds good to me/ Sounds - We had better/ we should ... (chúng
- Shall we go by train? (Hãy cùng đi good to me. (Nghe hay đó). ta nên).
tàu nhé?) - I’m up for it. (Mình đồng ý nha).
- Does it matter if we leave a bit - Let’s do that. (Quyết định vậy đi).
earlier? (Có sao không nếu chúng - I can’t agree more. (Đồng ý tuyệt
ta rời đi sớm hơn?) đối).
4. Lời xin lỗi và cách đáp lại:
Tình huống mẫu Chấp nhận lời xin lỗi
Sorry, I’m late. - It doesn’t matter (Chuyện đó không có gì quan trọng đâu).
(Xin lỗi mình đến muộn). - Don’t apologize (Không cần phải xin lỗi đâu).
- That’s all right, (ổn thôi).
- It’s alright. (Ổn thôi).
- It’s okay. (Không sao).
- Don’t mention it. (Không sao đâu).
- Never mind. (Đừng bận tâm).
- No worries. (Đừng lo gì nhé).
- I quite understand. (Tôi thông cảm mà/ Tôi hiểu mà).
5. Lời cảm ơn và cách đáp lại
Tình huống mẫu Cách đáp lại
Thank you for helping me. - That’s all right! (Không có gì cả đâu!)
(Cảm ơn vì đã giúp mình). - You’re welcome. (Không có gì).
- Don’t mention it. (Đừng nhắc đến việc đó./không có gì đáng phải bận tâm
đâu).
- Not at all. (Không có gì cả đâu!)
- It’s nothing. (Không có gì).
- My pleasure. (Giúp đỡanh/chị là niềm vinh hạnh cho tôi).
6. Khi đưa ý kiến và cách đáp lại
Tình huống mẫu:
- I think we should start with the observation. (Mình nghĩ chúng ta nên bắt đầu từ việc quan sát).
- In my opinion, this should be kept confidential! (Theo tôi, việc này nên được giữ bí mật).
Đồng ý Đồng ý một phần Phản đối
- I completely/ absolutely agree with - I agree up to a point, but... (Tôi - I totally disagree. (Tôi hoàn toàn
you. (Tôi hoàn toàn đồng ý với bạn). đồng ý một mặt với việc này, phản đối).
- There is no doubt about it nhưng...) - I don’t think so! (Mình không
that... (Hoàn toàn không có nghi ngờ - That’s true but... (Điều đó đúng, nghĩ thế).
gì về điều đó). nhưng...) - No way (Không đời nàoì)
- I can’t/couldn’t agree (with you) - You could be right. (Có thể bạn - I’m afraid, I can’t agree with
more. (Tôi không thể đồng ý hơn được đúng...) you. (Tôi e là tôi không thể đồng
nữa). - It sounds interesting, but... (Điều tình với bạn).
- I completely agree. (Tôi hoàn toàn đó nghe thú vị, nhưng...) - To be honest,... (Thành thực mà
đồng ý). - I see your point, but... (Tôi hiểu nói thì)
- That’s so true. (Điều đó đúng đấy). quan điểm của anh nhưng...) - On the contrary,... (Ngược lại...)
- Absolutely. (Hoàn toàn là như vậy). - That’s partly true, but... (Điều đó - I don’t agree with you. (Tôi
- Exactly. (Chính xác). đúng một phần, nhưng...) không đồng ý với anh).
- Of course. (Tất nhiên). - I can agree with that only with - I’m sorry, but I disagree. (Rất
- You’re absolutely right. (Bạn hoàn reservations. (Tôi chỉ có thể đồng ý tiếc nhưng tôi không đồng ý).
toàn đúng). với anh một cách hạn chế) - It’s out of question. (Điều đó là
- Yes, I agree. (Vâng, tôi đồng ý)- - That seems obvious, but... (Điều đó không thể).
- I think so too. (Tôi cũng nghĩ vậy). có vẻ hiển nhiên, nhưng). - That’s different. (Cái đó khác).
- That’s a good idea. (Đó là một ý kiến - That is not necessarily so. (Cái đó - However,... (Tuy nhiên)
hay). cũng không cần thiết phải như vậy). - That’s not entirely true. (Cái đó
- I don’t think so either. (Tôi cũng - It is not as simple as it seems. (Nó hoàn toàn không đúng)
không nghĩ vậy - đồng ý với việc ai không đơn giản như vậy đâu). - Yes, but don’t you think... (Vâng,
phản đối điều gì) - I agree with you in principle, nhưng sao bạn không nghĩ là...)
- So do I. (Tôi cũng vậy). but... (Nói chung, tôi đồng ý với bạn, - That’s not the same thing at
- I’d go along with that. (Tôi thuận nhưng...) all. (Không phải lúc nào cũng như
theo điều đó). - I agree with you in part, but... (Tôi vậy).
- That’s true. (Đúng đấy). một phần đồng ý với bạn, nhưng). - I’m not so sure about that. (Tôi
- Neither do I. (Tôi cũng không nghĩ - Well, you could be right. (ừm, bạn không chắc về điều đó).
vậy - đồng ý với việc ai phản đối điều có thể đã đúng). - The problem is that... (Vấn đề
gì). là...)
- I agree with you entirely. (Tôi hoàn - I (very much) doubt
toàn đồng ý với bạn). whether... (Tôi nghi ngờ rất nhiều
- That’s just what I was thinking. (Đó liệu rồng).
cũng là điêu tôi đang nghĩ).
- You can say that again!
7. Một số tình huống khác
Tình huống mẫu Cách đáp lại
Khi gặp ai đó lần đầu tiên: - Nice/ Glad to meet you, too. (Mình cũng rất vui khi được gặp bạn).
- Hello. Nice to meet you! - How do you do? (Hân hạnh được làm quen).
(Xin chào, rất vui được gặp bạn).
Khi gặp ai đó và chúc: - You too.
- Have a nice day! - The same to you!
(Chúc một ngày tốt lành!) - Thank you, the same to you.
- You do the same!
(Cảm ơn. Bạn cũng vậy nhé!)
Khi ai đó khen/ chúc mừng điều gì: - I’m glad you like it. (Mình vui khi bạn thích nó).
- What a nice car! (Xe đẹp quá) - I’m glad you think so. (Mình vui khi bạn nghĩ vậy).
- You look so lovely! (Trông bạn rất - Thank you. (Cảm ơn nhé).
đáng yêu!) - It’ (very) nice of you to say so. (Bạn thật tốt khi nói như vậy)-
- I appreciate your contribution! (Tôi - Thank you (very much) for saying so. (Cảm ơn bạn vì đã nói vậy).
đánh giá cao đóng góp của anh!)
- Congratulations! (Xin chúc mừng).
Trước khi ăn: - Bon appetite!
- Bon appetite! - Enjoy your meal! (Chúc ngon miệng).
(Chúc ngon miệng)
Khi ai đó nhờ đưa vật gì: - Here you are! (Của bạn đây).
- Could you please pass me the salt?
(Bạn có thể đưa cho tôi lọ muối
không?)
Khi được tặng quà - That’s very kind (nice/thoughtful) of you! (Bạn thật tốt/ chu đáo).
Khỉ người bán hàng hỏi: - That’s all. Thank you! (Vậy là đủ rồi. Xin cảm ơn).
- Do you need anything else?
Khi ai đó thông báo tin vui: - That’s great. Congratulations! (Tuyệt quá. Chúc mừng nhé).
- I’ve passed my driving exam.
(Mình đã đỗ kỳ thì lái xe.)
Khi ai đó hỏi: Trạng thái rất tốt:
- How are you? (Bạn thế nào?) - Very well, thanks. (And you?) Rất tuyệt, cảm ơn cậu. (Còn cậu?)
- Pretty fair. (Rất tuyệt).
- I’m on the top of the world. (Mình đang rất sung sướng đây).
- Can’t complain. (Không chê vào đâu được).
Trạng thái bình thường, không có gì đặc biệt:
- I’m fine/ good/ great, thanks/ So so, thanks/ I’m OK, thanks.
(Tôi ổn, cảm ơn cậu).
- I’m alright. (Tôi bình thường).
Trạng thái không tốt lắm:
- Really bad. (Rất tệ).
- I’m not on a good mood. (Không được tốt lắm).
Khi ai đó phàn nàn về điều gì Đáp lại một cách tích cực:
- I’m so sorry, but this will never occur / happen again.
(Tôi xin lỗi, chuyện này sẽ không bao giờ lặp lại nữa).
- I’m soriy, we promise never to make the same mistake again.
(Tôi xin lỗi, chúng tôi hứa sẽ không mắc lại lỗi đó nữa).
- I’m really sorry; we’ll do our utmost/best not to do the same mistake
again.
(Chúng tôi thành thật xin lỗi. Chúng tôi sẽ cố gắng để không lặp lại lỗi đó).
Đáp lại một cách tiêu cực:
- Sorry, there is nothing we can do about it.
(Xin lỗi. Chúng tôi không thể làm gì với điều đó).
- I’m afraid, there isn’t much we can do about it.
(Tôi rất tiếc. Chúng tôi không thể làm gì nhiều hơn).
- We are sorry but the food is just alright.
• PRACTICES (HSG NGUYEN TRUONG THANH)
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best completes each of the following exchanges.
1. David is talking to Lucy about her painting.
- David: “What a beautiful painting!”
- Lucy: “____________”
A. No problem B. It’s on the wall
C. I’m glad you like it D. You’re welcome.
2. Peter and Dane are talking about environmental protection.
- Peter: “We should limit the use of plastic bags.”
- Dane: “____________. We can use paper bags instead.”
A. I completely agree. B. It’s not true.
C. I don’t quite agree D. You’re wrong.
3. David is apologising to his teacher for being late.
- David: “Sorry I’m late! The traffic is so heavy.”
- Teacher: “____________. Come in and sit down.”
A. You’re so kind B. It’s alright C. Me neither D. Thank you
4. Peter and Mary are talking about social networks.
- Peter: “Using social networks may have negative effects on students.”
- Mary: “____________. It distracts them from their studies.”
A. I’m not sure about that B. I don’t quite agree
C. You’re wrong D. That’s quite true
5. Linda and Peter are talking about safe driving.
- Linda: “I think drink-driving should be severely punished.”
- Peter: “____________. It may cause accidents or even deaths.”
A. You must be kidding B. I don’t think so
C. I don’t understand what you mean D. I absolutely agree with you
6. A porter is talking to Mary in the hotel lobby.
- Porter: “May I help you with your suitcase?”
- Mary: “____________”
A. What a shame B. Me too C. You’re welcome D. Yes, please
7. John is having dinner at Linda’s house.
- John: “This roast beef is so delicious.”
- Linda:”____________”
A. sure. I’d love to B. I’m glad you like it.
C. No, don’t worry. D. I don’t either.
8. Joana and David, two lectures, are talking about library skills.
- Joana: “I think we should teach our students how to use the library.”
- David:”____________
A. You’re absolutely wrong B. You must be kidding
C. I couldn’t agree with you more D. That’s not a good idea
9. A shop assistant is talking to a customer.
- Shop assistant: “Do you need anything else?”
- Customer:”____________”
A. That’s all. Thanks B. Good job! C. With pleasure D. You’re welcome
10. Ann and Peter are talking about housework.
- Ann: “ I think children should be paid for doing the housework.”
- Peter: “____________. It’s their duty in the family.”
A. That’s what I think B. You’re exactly right
C. There’s no doubt about it D. I don’t think so
11. Ken and Tom are high-school students. They are discussing where their study group will meet.
- Ken: “Where is our study group going to meet next weekend?”
- Tom: “____________.”
A. Studying in a group is great fun. B. We are too busy on weekdays.
C. Why don’t you look at the atlas? D. The library would be best.
12. Mike and Lane are university students. They are talking about Lane’s upcoming high-school reunion.
- Mike: “So, you have your fifth high-school reunion coming up?”
- Lane: “
A. Oh, the school reunion was wonderful. B. No. You’re in no mood for the event.
C. The food at the reunion was excellent. D. Yeah. I’m really looking forward to it.
13. A waiter in a restaurant is talking to a customer who has just finished his meal there.
- Waiter: “Here’s your bill, sir.”
- Customer: “____________”
A. Don’t mention it. B. Can I pay by credit card?
C. What do you have? D. You’re welcome.
14. Two close friends Tom and Kyle are talking about Kyle’s upcoming birthday.
- Tom: “Can I bring a friend to your birthday party?”
- Kyle: “____________”
A. It’s my honour. B. Let’s do it then. C. The more the merrier. D. That’s right.
15. Two friends Diana and Anne are talking about Anne’s new blouse.
- Diana: “That blouse suits you perfectly, Anne.”
- Anne: “____________’’.
A. Never mind. B. Don’t mention it. C. Thank you. D. You’re welcome.
16. Mary is talking to a porter in the hotel lobby.
- Porter: “Shall I help you with your suitcase?”
- Mary: “____________”
A. Not a chance. B. That’s very kind of you.
C. I can’t agree more. D. What a pity!
17. Susan accidentally stepped on Denise’s foot.
- Susan: “Oops! I’m sorry, Denise.”
- Denise: “____________”
A. You shouldn’t do that. B. It’s alright.
C. You are welcome. D. It’s nonsense.
18. Hana and Jenifer are talking about a book they have just read.
- Hana: “The book is really interesting and educational.”
- Jenifer: “____________”
A. I’d love it. B. That’s nice of you to say so.
C. I couldn’t agree more. D. Don’t mention it.
19. Jolie and Tom are meeting at the supermarket.
- Jolie: “Hi, Tom. How are you doing?”
- Tom: “____________. How about you?”
A. I’m waiting for my sister B. I’m shopping for food
C. I’m doing nothing D. I’m doing well
20. Maria and Alex are talking about the environment.
- Maria: “Our environment is getting more and more polluted. Do you think so?”
- Alex: “____________. It’s really worrying.”
A. I’ll think about that B. I don’t agree
C. I don’t think so D. I can’t agree more
21. Liz is telling Andrew about her first novel.
- Liz: “Guess what? My first novel has just been published.”
- Andrew: “____________”
A. It’s my pleasure. B. Congratulations!
C. Better luck next time! D. It’s very kind of you.
22. Jenny and her teacher are meeting at the bus stop.
- Jenny: “Good afternoon, Miss. How are you?”
- Teacher: “____________. And you?”
A. I’m going home B. I’m leaving now C. I’m thirty years old D. Fine, thank you
23. Linda is thanking Daniel for his birthday present.
- Linda: “Thanks for the book. I’ve been looking for it for months.”
- Daniel: “____________”
A. You can say that again B. Thank you for looking for it
C. I like reading books D. I’m glad you like it
24. David and his teacher are meeting at the school gate.
- David: “Good morning, Mr Deakin. How are you?”
- Mr Deakin:”____________. And you?”
A. I’m busy now B. I’m fine. Thank you
C. I’m going home D. I’m having a class now
25. Mrs Smith and her students are visiting the zoo.
- Mike: “Can I feed the gorilla, Mrs Smith?”
- Mrs Smith: “____________. The sign says ‘No feeding the animals’.”
A. Of course you can B. I don’t think it works
C. I’m sure about that D. I’m afraid not
26. Andrew is talking to a waiter in a restaurant.
- Andrew: “Can I have the bill, please?”
- Waiter: “____________”
A. You are very kind B. Just a minute, please
C. My pleasure D. You’re exactly right
27. Silas is talking to his roommate, Salah, about the Olympic Games.
- Silas: “Do you think our country can host the Olympic Games some day in the future?
- Salah:”____________. We can’t afford such a big event.”
A. You can say that again B. I can’t agree with you more
C. Yes, you’re right D. No, I don’t think so
28. Laura is telling Bob about her exam results.
- Laura: “____________”
- Bob: “That’s great. Congratulations!”
A. I hope I’ll pass the exam tomorrow. B. I’ve passed the exam with an A.
C. I’ll get the exam results tomorrow. D. I didn’t do well in the exam.
29. Nancy and James are talking about their school days.
- Nancy: “I think school days are the best time of our lives.”
- James: “____________. We had sweet memories together then.”
A. I’m afraid so B. Absolutely. C. That’s nonsense D. I doubt it
30. John and Mike are talking about Mike’s new car.
- John: “____________”
- Mike: “Thanks. I’m glad to hear that.”
A. Where did you buy your car? B. What a nice car!
C. Your car is new, isn’t it? D. My car is very expensive.
31. Two students are talking about the school curriculum.
- Ted: “Swimming should be made part of the school curriculum.”
- Kate: “____________. It is an essential life skill.”
A. Oh, that’s a problem. B. I can’t agree with you more.
C. Not at all D. You can make it.
32. Jane is talking to Mike, who has just helped her with her luggage.
- Jane: “____________”
- Mike: “It’s my pleasure.
A. It’s too heavy. B. It’s not my duty.
C. Thanks a lot, indeed. D. Welcome back.
33. Adam and Janet are at the school canteen.
- Adam: “____________”
- Janet: “Yes, please.”
A. Do you mind if I sit here? B. Can you pass me the salt, please?
C. It’s a bit hot in here, isn’t it? D. Would you like a cup of coffee?
34. Jenny and Jimmy are talking about university education.
- Jenny: “I think having a university degree is the only way to succeed in life.”
- Jimmy: “____________. There are successful people without a degree.”
A. That’s life B. That’s all right
C. I don’t quite agree D. I can’t agree more
35. John was in Hanoi and wanted to send a parcel to his parents. He asked a local passer- by the way to the post-
office.
- John: “Can you show me the way to the nearest post office, please?”
- Passer-by: “____________”
A. Not way, sorry. B. Just round the corner over there.
C. Look it up in a dictionary! D. There’s no traffic near here.
36. Lora has just bought a new skirt that she likes very much.
- Jane: “You look great in that red skirt, Lora!”
- Lora: “____________”
A. No, I don’t think so. B. Oh, you don’t like it, do you?
C. Thanks, I bought it at Macy’s. D. Thanks, my mum bought it.
37. John and Mary are talking about what to do after class.
- John: “____________- Mary: “Yes, I’d love to.”
A. Do you often have time for a drink after class?
B. Would you like to have a drink after class?
C. Do you often go out for a drink after class?
D. Would you like tea or coffee after class?
38. Paul and Daisy are discussing life in the future.
- Paul: “I believe space travel will become more affordable for many people in the future.”
- Daisy: “____________ .”
A. It doesn’t matter at all. B. There’s no doubt about that.
C. It is very kind of you to say so. D. I am sorry to hear that.
39. Jack is inviting Mary to his party.
- Jack: “Would you like to come to my party this weekend?”
- Mary: “____________.”
A. Yes, I’d love to B. No, don’t worry
C. You’re welcome D. I’m afraid so Question
40. Laura and Mitchell are talking about their school curriculum.
- Laura: “I think Art should be a compulsory subject.”
- Mitchell: “____________. Art helps develop creativity.”
A. I quite agree B. You must be kidding
C. I’m of the opposite opinion D. I don’t think that’s a good idea
18. PREPOSITIONS
New Year is one of the most important festivals in the United States. On New Year's Eve, most
people go to the parties. At twelve o'clock (25) __ night,
Question 25. A. on B. at C. in D. for
Giới từ (prepositions) là những từ dùng để diễn tả mối quan hệ của cụm từ (có thể là danh từ, danh động từ hoặc đại
từ) đứng phía sau nó với các thành phần khác trong câu.
Ví dụ: The picture is on the wall.
→ Giới từ 'on' diễn tả sự liên hệ giữa danh từ 'the picture' và 'the wall'.
I. Hình thức của giới từ (Forms of preposition)
Hình thức Ví dụ Ví dụ trong câu
Đơn in, on, at, with, for, from, behind I come from Vietnam.
Phức Cụm 2 từ because of, thanks to, due to, owing to, but She met the deadline thanks to
for, as for, up to, out of his support.
Cụm 3 từ in addition to, on top of, on account of, in Books were piled on top of one
contrast with, in front of another.
Cụm 4 từ as a result of, for the good of, for the sake of, At the risk of being rude, I'm
at the risk of, at the expense of afraid I have to go now.
II. Phân loại giới từ (Kinds of preposition)

Giới từ chỉ Ví dụ Ví dụ trong câu
Thời gian about, after, at, by, before, between, during, - I often get up at 6 o'clock.
for, from, in, on, since, till, until, throughout, at - Your order will arrive by Sunday.
the time of - We haven't met him since last July.
Địa điểm above, across, along, among, at, by, behind, - I'll see you at the bus stop.
below, beside, between, beyond, down, from, - The cat is lying under the table.
in, near, on, in front of, out of, far from - We'll be out of town next week.
Chuyển to, into, onto, from, across, towards, through, - She stood up and walked towards him.
động over, past, along, around - The library is just across the road.
Thể cách by, with, without, according to, in spite of, - The meal was cooked by my brother.
instead of, as to, except for, but for - Without Anna, we couldn't make it.
Mục đích - to, in order to, so as to + V (bare) - She is saving to buy a new phone.
- for + noun/V-ing - He works extra hours for more money.
Nguyên do because of, thanks to, owing to, due to, on - He failed the exam due to his laziness.
account of, as a result of, by means of - The car was lifted by means of a crane.
III. Cách sử dụng các giới từ (The use of prepositions)

1. Cách dùng giới từ ‘In - On - At’ chỉ thời gian và địa điểm Thời gian
in the 21st century, in the 1900s, in2020, in April, in (general) in the world, in Asia, in Vietnam,in Hanoi, in
spring, in the future,in the morning, in 5 weeks, v.v. IN Tay Ho district,in hospital, in prison, in a car/
helicopter/ taxi/ boat/ lift, in bed, v.v.
on Monday, on Friday morning, on July 4th, on my (more on the island, on the beach, on the coast, on
birthday, on New Year's Day/ New Year's Eve/ specific) Ba Trieu street, on Oak Avenue, on the 2nd
Christmas Day, on the weekend, on a cold morning, ON floor, on a farm, on the left/ right, on a
on time, v.v. plane/ bus/ train/ bicycle/ horse, on foot, v.v.
at 4 o'clock, at night, at noon, at the moment, at (very at home, at work, at school, at university, at
present, at last, at once, at the weekend, at specific) AT the top/ bottom/ corner of, at the shop, at
Christmas/ Easter, at sunrise/ sunset, at the same the beginning/end of, at the seaside, at the
time, at lunchtime/ bedtime, v.v. North Pole, at 10 Downing Street, v.v.
2. Cách dùng một số cặp/nhóm giới từ dễ gây nhầm lẫn

2.1. By - Until/Till
By Until/Till
Cách Chỉ việc gì đó xảy ra không trễ hơn hoặc nói cách Chỉ điều gì đó kéo dài cho đến một thời điểm nhất định
dùng khác là trước thời gian được nhắc đến và không tiếp tục sau đó nữa (thường được dùng
nhiều hơn trong Question phủ định)
Ví dụ - Is it possible to get there by midnight? - We can't start until/till the guests arrive.
- We will surely deliver it to you by tomorrow. - You will have to wait until/till the next Thursday to
get a new phone.
2.2. In - During - For

In During For
Cách Nhấn mạnh vào một thời điểm Nhấn mạnh một sự việc cụ thê Nhấn mạnh vào khoảng thời gian
dùng cụ thể (when happened) mà (what happened) diễn ra trong bao lâu (how long) mà một sự
một sự việc (event) nào đó một khoảng thời gian nhất định (a việc (event) nào đó diễn ra
diễn ra period of time)
Ví dụ We watched a good comedy in We watched a good comedy We watched a good comedy for
the evening. during the evening. two hours last night.
Lưu ý Giới từ 'in' còn chỉ một sự việc nào đó diễn ra sớm/nhanh ở mức nào.
Ví dụ:
I’ll talk to you in 5 minutes. (Tôi sẽ nói chuyện với bạn trong vòng 5 phút nữa)
We finished all the work in less than 2 hours. (Chúng tôi đã xong việc trong chưa đầy 2 tiếng)
2.3. Over - Across - Through
Over Across Through
Cách Chỉ sự chuyên động từ một điểm Chỉ sự chuyển động từ phía bên Chỉ sự chuyến động từ phía bên
dùng bên này vượt sang điểm bên kia này sang phía bên kia trên (on) này sang phía bên kia trong (in)
qua một chướng ngại vật cùng một bề mặt nào đó cùng một không gian nào đó
Ví dụ - The road goes over the - Their children can swim across - You can drive through the
mountains. that river. tunnel to get there faster.
- They managed to climb over - We slowly walked across the - We quickly walked through the
the fence. field. woods before it got dark
2.4. Along - Past - Beyond

Along Past Beyond
Cách Chỉ sự chuyển động dọc theo một Chỉ sự chuyển động ở phía trước Chỉ vị trí hoặc điểm đến của một
dùng đường thẳng, thường ở trên một và ngang qua một nơi hoặc điểm nơi nào đó nằm xa hơn trong
bề mặt hoặc trong một không nào đó trên cùng một bề mặt tương quan với một điểm khác
gian dài
Ví dụ - A little boy was running along - He just walked straight past us
- In the distance, beyond the
the path towards us. without saying a word. river, was a small town.
- You'll find her office just along - We drove past your house the - The inmate longed to see the
the corridor. other day. world beyond the prison wall.
2.5. On - Above - Over

On Above Over
Cách Chỉ vị trí của vật này ở trực tiếp Chỉ vị trí của vật này ở phía trên Chỉ vị trí của một vật bao trùm
dùng trên một vật khác (hai vật tiếp một vật khác (hai vật không tiếp hoặc phủ lên một vật khác
xúc với nhau) xúc với nhau)
Ví dụ - There is a portrait of her son -There is a mirror above the sink - She put a blanket over the
on the wall in the bedroom. in the bathroom. sleeping child.
- Please don't put your elbows -The helicopter was hovering - Helicopters dropped leaflets
on the table! above the building. over the city.
2.6. Under - Below - Beneath

Under Below Beneath
Cách Chỉ vị trí của một vật nằm bên Chỉ vị trí của một vật nằm Chỉ vị trí của một vật nằm phía dưới
dùng dưới hoặc bị bao trùm bởi một thấp hơn so với vật khác một vật khác nhưng thường bị
vật khác (đối nghĩa với on và nhưng không tiếp xúc trực khuất, không nhìn/cảm thấy rõ
over) tiếp (đối nghĩa với above) (trong nhiều trường hợp, beneath =
under)
Ví dụ - She put the thermometer - Should I wear my skirts - His letter was hidden beneath a
under my tongue. above or below the knee? pile of papers.
- What are your kids doing - Please do not write below - We huddled together for warmth
under the table? this line. beneath the blankets.
2.7. Between - Among

Between Among
Cách Chỉ vị trí của người/vật/địa điểm nào đó nằm giữa Chỉ vị trí của người/vật/địa điểm nào đó nằm ở
dùng hai thực thể người/ vật/ địa điểm khác. phía trong, được bao quanh bởi những
người/vật/địa điểm khác.
Ví dụ - B comes between A and C in the alphabet - They strolled among the crowds.
- Anna sat down between Joe and Tom. - I found the letter among his papers.
IV. Giới từ theo sau các tính từ (Prepositions following adjectives)

Adjectives + ABOUT
angry about curious about mad about serious about
annoyed about depressed about nervous about sorry about
anxious about enthusiastic about obsessed about sure about
careful about excited about optimistic about sympathetic about
careless about furious about pessimistic about terrible about
certain about guilty about puzzled about upset about
concerned about happy about sad about worried about
crazy about hopeful about sth sensitive about wrong about
Adjectives + AT
amazed at bad at disappointed at hopeless at successful at
angry at brilliant at excellent at mad at surprised at
annoyed at clever at excited at presented at talented at
awful at delighted at good at skilled at terrible at
Adjectives + BY
amazed by delighted by excited by impressed by shocked by
astonished by disturbed by fascinated by inspired by surprised by
Adjectives + FOR
•available for eager for greedy for notorious for ready for sorry for
concerned for eligible for helpful for necessary for renowned for suitable for
convenient for famous for hungry for prepared for responsible for thankful for
difficult for grateful for known for qualified for serious for thirsty for
Adjectives + FROM
absent from divorced from free from made from safe from
different from far from isolated from protected from tired from
Adjectives + IN
comfortable in experienced in involved in present in slow in
disappointed in interested in polite/impolite in rich in successful in
Adjectives + OF
accused of clever of generous of envious of proud of suspicious of
afraid of certain of frightened of jealous of scared of sure of
ahead of conscious of full of guilty of kind/niceofsb short of tired of
ashamed of doubtful of hopeful of made of nasty sensible of true of
aware of fond of innocent of of nervous of sick of s typical of
capable of devoid of illy/stupid of sb unkind of
Adjectives + TO
acceptable to attached to equal to harmful to preferable to similar to
accustomed to beneficial to exposed to indifferent to receptive to superior to
addicted to committed to familiar to married to related to unfriendly to
allergic to dedicated to favourable to opposed to rude to unkind to
Adjectives + WITH
acquainted with blessed with confronted with disappointed with furious with
angry with busy with connected with disgusted with patient with
annoyed with careful with content with fed up with pleased with
associated with cluttered with crowded with familiar with popular with
bored with comfortable with delighted with friendly with satisfied with
V. Giới từ theo sau các động từ (Prepositions following verbs)

Verbs + ABOUT
argue about complain about forget about laugh about tell about
ask about concern about hear about quarrel about think about
boast about decide about joke about sth protest worry about
care about dream about know about about write about
talk about
Verbs + AT
aim at guess at look at point at stare at
arrive at hint at marvel at shout at throw at
glance at laugh at peer at smile at wink at
Verbs + FOR
admire for beg for excuse for head for pray for stand for
apologize for blame for fear for hope for prepare for vote for
apply for call for fine for long for thank for wait for
arrest for care for fight for look for search for wish for
ask for check for forgive for pay for scold for work for
Verbs + FROM
abstain from derive from graduate from prevent from rescue from save from
borrow from escape from hide from prohibit from resign from separate from
choose from emerge from hinder from protect from result from stem from
come from forbid from infer from recover from retire from suffer from
Verbs + IN
absorb in believe in fail in involve in result in succeed in
arrive in confide in fill in participate in specialize in trust in
Verbs + OF
accuse sb of consist of convince sb of hear of remind sb of sth suspect of
approve of sth convict of cure sb of sth disapprove of rob sb of sth think of
conceive of die of deprive sb of sth dream of
Verbs + ON
agree on sth comment on count on elaborate on live on rely on
base on concentrate on cheat on impose on play on spend on
blame on congratulate on depend on insist on pride oneself on work on
Verbs + TO
adapt to apply to connect to describe sth to listen to respond to
add to attend to convert to explain sth object to speak to
adjust to belong to contribute to happen to react to subscribe to
admit to complain to devote to introduce to refer to talk to
apologize to consent to dedicate to lead to reply to turn to
Verbs + WITH
agree with sb complain with confuse with disagree with help with provide with
argue with comply with cope with discuss with interfere with quarrel with
begin with concern with cover with face with meet with share with
collide with confront with charge with fight with present with supply with
VI. Giới từ theo sau các danh từ (Prepositions following nouns)

Nouns + ABOUT
agreement about complaint about confusion about decision about opinion about story
anxiety about concern about debate about information about about
Nouns + BETWEEN (A and B)
link between contact between difference between bond between
connection between comparison between relationship between
Nouns + FOR
check for bid for desire for preference for responsibility for
reason for admiration case for fondness for recipe for room for
for advertisement for credit for hope for regret for search for
approval for cure for love for reputation for talent for
demand for need for respect for thirst for
Nouns + FROM
excerpt from transition from shift from change from protection from
Nouns + IN
belief in delay in experience in fall in rise in
change in difference in growth in lesson in pleasure in
course in difficulty in increase in participation in reduction in
decrease in drop in interest in place in success in
Nouns + OF
cause of characteristic of fear of lack of notice of risk of
photograph of example of grasp of love of possibility of understanding of
address of exhibition of habit of member of problem of use of
disadvantage of experience of intention of memory of process of
victim of
advantage of knowledge of method of result of
way of
awareness of
Nouns + ON
agreement on ban on curb on effect on influence on
attack on comment on decision on impact on report on
authority on congratulation on debate on information on tax on
Nouns + TO
access to approach to desire to reaction to response to
addiction to contribution to devotion to reference to solution to
allusion to damage to invitation to relevance to threat to
attitude to dedication to newcomer to resistance to visit to
Nouns + WITH
argument with contact with dealings with link with relationship with
concern with contrast with difficulty with meeting with sympathy with
connection with date with involvement with quarrel with trouble with
VII. Danh Từ Theo Sau Giới Từ (Prepositions followed by Nouns)

AT + Nouns
at all costs at a guess at ease at high speed at length at risk
at a standstill at a loose end at face value at hand at pains at short notice
at a discount at a loss at fault at heart at peace/war at stake
at a distance at a low ebb at first sight at large at random at work
at a glance at any rate at full strength at least at rest at will
BY + Nouns
by accident by chance by degrees by hand by means of by profession
by all accounts by check by design by heart by mistake by request
by all means by by coincidence by far by law by nature by surprise
birth by definition by force by marriage by oneself by virtue of
FOR + Nouns
[ouns
for a reason for certain for good for life for real for the good of
for a change for for fear of for granted for love for sale for the sake of
a while for fun for hire for luck for sure for want of
IN + Nouns
in a flash in brief in danger in essence in pieces in silence
in a hurry in bulk in essence in fact in poverty in tears
in a mess in cash in pieces in general in practice in terror
in abundance in charge of in silence in honor of in private in pain
in action in comfort in debt in ink/pencil in progress in return
in advance in common in fact in labor in public in vain
in answer to in conclusion in poverty in mind in reality in theory
in awe of in confusion in tears in pain in return in town
in blossom in control of in decline in person in short in trouble
in defense of in turn
in disguise in vain
in dispute in words
in doubt
in effect
in error
ON + Nouns
on a diet on arrival on behalf of on delivery on loan on schedule
on a spree on average on board on display on one's own on tiptoe
on account of on balance on business on impulse on purpose on trial
on approval on bail on credit on leave on strike on vacation
OUT + Nouns
out of breath out of fashion out of duty out of order out of reach out of step
out of context out of date out of hand out of pity out of sight out of stock
out of control out of doors out of love out of place out of spite out of work
TO + Nouns
to an extent to excess to sb’s credit to sb's face to the best of to the limit
to date to sb's surprise to sb’s dismay to the day to the full to the last
UNDER + Nouns
under age under circumstances under discussion under pressure under stress
under arrest under consideration under orders under regulations under suspicion
under cover under construction under protection under repair under treatment
under treatment
WITH + Nouns
with approval with a view to with regret with the aid of with the help of
with abandon with an eye to with respect to with the with the intention of
with a will with regard to with success with compliments of with the purpose of
with the help of the exception of
WITHIN + Nouns
within earshot within limits within reach (of) within sb's power within sight of
within grasp within reason within sb’s budget within sb's rights within walking
distance
WITHOUT + Nouns
without a doubt without a break without a plan without delay without question without thinking
without a hitch without foundation without respite without warning
1 John is fond going to the dancing class.
A. in B. of C. with D. at
2 That is last year’s version. It’s date now.
A. into B. out of C. besides D. out
3 He was put prison last year.
A. to B. from C. into D. at
4 I shall wait you at the station.
A. about B.by C. to D for
5 I saw him noon
A. for B with C. against D. at
6 The picture is the wall.
A. above B. at C. over D. on
7 She likes to go a picnic with her family.
A. for B. over C. into D. by
8 What do you think this sonata of Beethoven?
A. about B. to C. with D. from
9 I work hard help, my parents.
A. so as to B. in order to C. in order that D. A and B
10 Gas is made oil.
A. of B. from C. with D. to
11 He suffers stomach ache.
A. from B. with C. in D. by
12 Mike is Canada with his mother now.
A. with B. on C. to D. in
13 I have not finished my homework now.
A. till B. since C. for D. at
14 She smiled hom happy.
A. at B. with C. to D. about
15 I shall be ready a moment
A. for B. in C. with D. on
16 Aren’t you glad that you went to the party with us all?
A. in B. after C. above D. with
17 I am quite familiar the food here.
A. with B. about C. to D. into
18 He aimed the tiger.
A. for B. at C. with D. to
19 My father gave smoking.
A. to B. in C. up D. for
20 We escaped that horrible room.
A. to B. out C. away D. from
19. MISTAKES
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each
of the following questions.
Question 35. She stopped his car, got out and looking around .
A. stopped B. out C. looking D. around
Question 36. Although his family is poor, but he studies very well .
A. is B. but C. studies D. well
Question 37. The package must be wrapped carefully before it is post .
A. The package B. must be wrapped C. before D. post
BÍ KÍP LÀM BÀI TẬP TÌM LỖI SAI

o Luôn ghi nhớ rằng những từ không được gạch chân trong Question là đúng.
o Kiểm tra mỗi phần được gạch chân xem nó có thực sự sai không.
o Tập làm quen với các cụm động từ và các cụm từ cố định.
o Xem xét thì, cấu trúc, dạng từ, giới từ, sự hòa hợp giữa chủ - vị trong câu,...phân tích Question để
thấy được
các mốc thời gian và địa điểm.
MỘT SỐ LỖI SAI THƯỜNG GẶP

Sai về thì của động từ
Ví dụ: Xác định lỗi sai trong Question sau
We only get home from France yesterday.
→ Do có trạng từ yesterday (ngày hôm qua) nên động từ phải chia ở thì Quá khứ đơn - lỗi sai cần tìm
là B.
Sai về sự hòa hợp giữa chủ ngữ và động từ

Ví dụ:
I like students who learns hard.
→ Who ở đây là thay cho students, do đó, động từ trong mệnh đề quan hệ phải phù hợp với chủ ngữ,
tức ở dạng số nhiều. → Lỗi sai cần tìm là C. (sửa thành: learn)
đại từ quan hệ
We gave orders to the director whose passed us on to the foreman.
→ Whose là đại từ quan hệ đóng vai trò là tính từ sở hữu. Trong trường hợp này ta dùng một đại từ
bổ nghĩa cho danh từ director. Do đó, lỗi sai cần tìm là C (đúng là: who)
Sai về bổ ngữ
I want to travel because I enjoy to see new places.
→ Ta có cấu trúc: enjoy + V-ing nên lỗi sai cần tìm là C. (sửa thành: seeing)
Sai về Question điều kiện

What would you do if you are me?
→ Đây là Question điều kiện không có thực ở hiện tại nên động từ ở mệnh đề if chia ở quá khứ. Do đó,
lỗi sai là C (sửa thành: were)
Sai về giới từ
We’re relying with you to find a solution to this problem.
→ To rely on sb: tin cậy, trông đợi vào ai. Do đó, lỗi sai là B (sửa thành: on)
Sai hình thức so sánh
The North of England is as industrial than the South.
→ Đây là Question so sánh hơn vì có “than”. Do đó, lỗi sai là C (sửa thành: more industrial)
Sai về định lượng từ

I don’t want to invite too much people to my wedding party next month.
→ “Much” chỉ dùng cho danh từ không đếm được. Do đó, lỗi sai là B (sửa thành: many).
PRACTICE
1. The study of animals are very interesting.
A B C D
2. It’s importance for us to learn soft skills.
A B C D
3. We had the dinner with our partner in a restaurant last night.
A B C D
4. She is tired with doing the same thing day by day.
A B C D
5. Of the two sisters, Linda is the most beautiful.
A B C D
6. Every member in my class are good at English.
A B C D
7. Tom likes sports, so he will taking part in the football team of his school.
A B C D
8. People respected him because he was a honest man.
A B C D
9. While you had been out, Tom came here and waited for you.
A B C D
10. His health gets good and better because he does gymnastics regularly.
A B C D
11. Before to go out, remember to turn off the lights.
A B C D
12. We were advised not drinking the water in this bottle.
A B C D
13. Nguyen Du, that wrote “Kieu Story”, was a great poet.
A B C D
14. Do you like the building that windows are green?
A B C D
15 Several people arrived too lately to see the performance.
A B C D
16. He studied very hard, so he passed the exam easy.
A B C D
17. I can’t go out now because I didn’t finish my homework yet.
A B C D
18.The older you are, the worst our memory is.
A B C D
19. The boys who won the first prize in the contest was very happy.
A B C D
20. Her last book is published in 20 languages years ago.
A B C D
20. CẤU TRÚC ĐẶC BIỆT

Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is CLOSEST in meaning to each of the following
questions.
Question 38. Fiona has been typing the report for an hour.
A. It took Fiona an hour to type the report. B. It is an hour since Fiona started typing the report.
C. Fiona finished the report an hour ago. D. Fiona will finish typing the report in an hour.
SỰ PHỐI HỢP THÌ – THE SEQUENCE OF TENSES

Một Question có thể bao gồm một mệnh đề chính (main clause) và một hoặc nhiều mệnh đề phụ (subordinate
clause). Khi trong Question có hai mệnh đề trở lên, các động từ phải có sự phối hợp về thì.
WHEN
Diễn tả hành động xảy ra nối tiếp nhau
Trong quá khứ: WHEN + S + V (quá khứ đơn), S + V (quá khứ đơn)
When students heard the bell, they stood up and left. (Khi học sinh nghe thấy tiếng chuông, họ đứng dậy và ra về.)
Trong tương lai: WHEN + S + V (hiện tại đơn), S + V (tương lai đơn)
When I see him, I will give him your regards. (Khi tôi gặp anh ấy, tôi sẽ chuyển cho anh ấy lời hỏi thăm của cậu.)
Diễn tả hành động đang xảy ra thì có hành động khác xen vào
Trong quá khứ: WHEN + S + V (quá khứ tiếp diễn), S + V (quá khứ đơn)
When she was having a bath, she saw a mouse. (Khi cô ấy đang tắm, cô ấy nhìn thấy một con chuột.)
Trong tương lai: WHEN + S + V (hiện tại đơn), S + V (tương lai tiếp diễn)
When you come tomorrow, they will be playing tennis. (Khi bạn đến vào ngày mai, thì họ sẽ đang chơi tennis rồi.)
Diễn tả hành động xảy ra xong rồi mới tới hành động khác
Trong quá khứ: WHEN + S + V (quá khứ đơn), S + V (quá khứ hoàn thành)
Last night, when we arrived at the theater, they had sold out all the tickets.
(Tối hôm qua, khi chúng tôi đến nhà hát, họ đã bán hết vé rồi.)
Trong tương lai: WHEN + S + V (hiện tại đơn), S + V (tương lai hoàn thành)
When you come back, I will have typed this email. (Khi bạn quay lại, tôi sẽ đánh máy xong bức thư điện tử này.)
BY
by + trạng từ của QUÁ KHỨ à động từ chia thì tương lai hoàn thành
I had worked for the company for 30 years by the end of last month
by + trạng từ của tương lai à động từ chia thì tương lai hoàn thành
I will have worked for the company for 30 years by the end of next month
AT + GIỜ/ AT THIS TIME
at + giờ/ at this time + thời gian trong quá khứ à chia thì quá khứ tiếp diễn
at + giờ/ at this time + thời gian trong tương lai à chia thì tương lai tiếp diễn
At 3 p.m yesterday, we were learning English at school.
At 3 p.m tomorrow, we will be learning English at school.
SINCE
S + V (hiện tại hoàn thành) + since + S + V (quá khứ đơn)
I haven't seen my old friends since we left school.
(Tôi đã không gặp lại những người bạn cũ kể từ khi chúng tôi ra trường.)
UNTIL/ AS SOON AS
S + V (tương lai đơn) + UNTIL; AS SOON AS + S+V (hiện tại)
I will wait until you come back. (Tôi sẽ đợi cho đến khi em quay trở lại.)
I will call you as soon as I have finished my work. (Anh sẽ gọi cho em ngay khi anh xong việc.)
V nguyên mẫu+ UNTIL/ AS SOON AS +S + V (hiện tại)

Wait here until I come back. (Đợi ở đây cho đến khi mình quay lại nha!) Don't leave the room until I come back.
(Đừng rời khỏi phòng cho đến khi mình quay lại nhé!)
BY THE TIME
BY THE TIME + S+V (quá khứ đơn), S+V (quá khứ hoàn thành)
By the time you went to the cinema, the film had already started. (Vào lúc bạn đến rạp chiếu phim, bộ phim đã bắt đầu.)
BY THE TIME + S+V (hiện tại đơn), S+V (tương lai hoàn thành)
By the time you return, we will have bought a new house.
(Vào lúc bạn quay trở về, chúng tôi sẽ đã mua được một ngôi nhà mới rồi.)
WILL - BE GOING TO
Thì tương lai đơn Thì tương lai gần

WILL+ V (bare) BE GOING TO + V (bare)
1. Diễn đạt một quyết định ngay tại thời điểm nói 1. Diễn đạt một kế hoạch, dự định
George phoned while you were out. OK. I'll phone him I bought some paint. I am going to paint my house.
back.
2. Diễn đạt lời dự đoán không có căn cứ 2. Diễn đạt một lời dự đoán dựa vào bằng chứng
I think he will get the job. The sky is very cloudy. It is going to rain.
THE FIRST; LAST TIME

THIS; IT IS THE FIRST; SECOND; THIRD TIME + S + V (hiện tại hoàn thành)
THIS; IT IS THE LAST TIME + S + V (quá khứ đơn)
This is the first time I have ever met such a handsome boy. (Đây là lần đầu tiên tôi gặp một anh chàng đẹp trai đến thế) This
is the last time I talked with you about that matter. (Đây là lần cuối cùng tôi nói với bạn về vấn đề này.)
TRONG QUESTION SO SÁNH HƠN NHẤT
S + V (hiện tại đơn) + THE + ADJ (est)/ MOST + ADJ + CLAUSE (hiện tại hoàn thành)
S + V (quá khứ đơn) + THE + ADJ (est)/ MOST + ADJ + CLAUSE (quá khứ hoàn thành)
This is the most embarrassing experience I have ever had. This was the most embarrassing experience I had ever had. (Đây
là trải nghiệm bối rối nhất mà tôi từng có.)
1. He used to jog every morning.
A. He enjoys jogging every morning.
B. He never fails to jog every morning.
C. He doesn’t now jog every morning.
D. He intended to jog every morning.
2. Mr. Brown bought this car five years ago.
A. Mr. Brown started to buy this car five years ago.
B. It has been five years when Mr. Brown bought this car.
C. Mr. Brown has had this car for five years.
D. It is five years ago since Mr. Brown has bought this car.
3. Steve left before my arrival.
A. When I arrived, Steve had already left.
B. Steve left as soon as I arrived.
C. While Steve was leaving, I arrived.
D. Steve hadn’t left until I arrived.
4. I haven’t met my grandparents for five years.
A. I often met my grandparents five years ago.
B. I last met my grandparents five years ago.
C. I have met my grandparents for five years.
D. I didn’t meet my grandparents five years ago.
5. They finished their tea, then they left.
A. After they had finished their tea, they left.
B. After they had left, they finished their tea.
C. They had left before they finished their tea.
D. They finished their tea after they had left.
6. He has never driven such a luxurious car before.
A. This car is the most luxurious car he has.
B. This is the first time he’s driven such a luxutious car.
C. This is the first time he drives such a luxurious car.
D. This is the first car he has driven in such a luxurious way.
7. We haven’t written to each other for two months.
A. It is two months that we wrote to each other.
B. It is two months since we wrote together.
C. There are two months for us to write to each other.
D. It is two months since we last wrote to each other.
8. When did Mike start learning French?
A. How long has Mike started to learn French?
B. How long ago has Mike started to learn French?
C. How long has Mike been learning French?
D. How long was Mike starting to learn French?
9. The film will end when you finish dinner.
A. By the time you finish dinner, the film will have ended.
B. By the time you have finished dinner, the film will end.
C. The film will end and then you finish dinner.
D. By the time the film ends, you will have finished dinner.
10. It was a long time ago when I saw a movie.
A. I spent a long time looking for a movie to see.
B. I have seen some movies so far.
C. I have seen a number of movies lately.
D. It is a long time since I saw a movie.
11. This is the first time I have lived in a city with a high crime rate.
A. I am not used to living in a city with a high crime rate.
B. I am very afraid of living in a city with a high crime rate.
C. Living in a city with a high crime rate is dangerous.
D. I don’t like to live in such a high crime rate city.
12. No sooner had Alice registered for the course than she received the scholarship.
A. Alice registered for the course soon after receiving the scholarship.
B. Rather than receive the scholarship, Alice registered for the course.
C. As soon as Alice registered for the course, she received the scholarship.
D. Registering for the course helped Alice receive the scholarship.
13. She had only just put the phone down when her boss rang back.
A. Hardly she had put the phone down when her boss rang back.
C. Hardly did she put the phone down than her boss rang back.
D. Hardly she put the phone down when her boss rang back.
E. Hardly had she put the phone down when her boss rang back.
14. The rain began to fall during my walk in the country.
A. When I walked in the country, it had rained.
B. While it was beginning to rain, I had walked in the country.
C. While I was walking in the country, it began to rain.
D. While it began to rain in the country, I was walking.
15. He cannot lend me the book row. He has not finished reading it yet.
A. As long as he cannot finish reading the book, he will lend it to me.
B. He cannot lend me the book until he has finished reading it.
C. Having finished reading the book, he cannot lend it to met.
D. Not having finished reading the book, he will lend it to me.
READING COMPREHENSION
One of the main sources for the spreading of news and events throughout the world is the newspaper.
The purpose of newspapers is to inform the public of political, social, economic and entertainment
happenings, among other things. Generally, there are three types of newspapers: daily newspapers,
weekly newspapers, and special-interest newspapers. Daily newspapers publish at least one edition
every weekday. Most dailies also have a weekend edition. Daily newspapers often have sections for news,
sports, arts and entertainment, business and classified advertising. Weekly newspapers are printed
once a week and cover news of interest to readers in a smaller area than that of a daily paper. They
focus on local happenings rather than national or international events. Special-interest newspapers may
be published daily, weekly, monthly, or even less frequently. They generally disseminate news of
interest to a particular group of readers or feature news about a specific topic.
Thanks to the development of the Internet, we can now get access to electronic newspapers. To some
extent, e-newspapers are cheap, up-to-date, and convenient for most readers in the world.
Question 30. What does the text mainly discuss?
A. Daily newspapers. B. Weekly newspapers.
C. Special-interest newspapers. D. Types of newspaper.
Question 31. The word "that" in paragraph 2 refers to ___ _
A. area B. news C. edition D. section
Question 32. Most daily newspapers publish ___ _
A. only one edition every weekday B. one edition every weekend
C. at least once every weekday and once at weekend D. one different edition
for one different section
Question 33. Weekly newspapers usually focus on ___ _
A. local happenings B. national happenings
C. international happenings D. local and international happenings
Question 34. We can easily get access to electronic newspapers because they are ___ _
A. modem, up-to-date but expensive B. cheap, up-to-date and convenient worldwide
C. quick, cheap and convenient D. modem, quick and up-to-date
KỸ THUẬT ĐỌC NHANH

• ĐỌC TỪ KHOÁ: thường là danh từ, động từ, tính từ, những từ ảnh hưởng đến nghĩa (not, never,
no…)
Education is another area of social life in which information technology is changing the way we
communicate. Today's college students may not simply sit in a lecture or a library to learn about
their field. Through their computers and the wonders of virtual reality they can participate in
lifelike simulated experiences.
• ĐỌC THEO CẤU TRÚC
Cách đọc sai lầm:
When I read each word at a time, my
reading speed is extremely slow.
Cách đọc đúng: When I read each word at a time, my reading speed is extremely slow.
KỸ THUẬT TÌM KIẾM VÀ PHÂN TÍCH

• Tìm kiếm: Ở những bài tập khó, người ta không dễ dàng cho từ khoá trong Question hỏi trùng
với bài đọc mà sẽ diễn đạt theo cách khác.
Do đó, nếu học sinh không hiểu Question hỏi và các Question trả lời sẽ khó mà tìm được thông
tin, sẽ tốn rất nhiều thời gian.
• Phân tích: Sau khi tìm được nơi có thông tin cho Question trả lời, phải hiểu được nó có nội
dung gì và áp dụng trả lời.
"Some argue that the only long-term solution is to design cities and neighbourhoods so that car journeys
are not necessary - all essential services being located within walking distance or easily accessible by
public transport. Not only would this save energy and cut carbon dioxide emissions, it would also enhance
the quality of community life, putting the emphasis on people instead of cars."
Question: What is the solution that people want to adopt in the long run?
A. to emphasize on people instead of cars
B.to save energy and cut carbon dioxide emissions
C.to design cities and neighbourhoods in a way that cars are useless.
D.all essential services not being located within walking distance or easily accessible by public transport.
• Key word: solution, long run
• Phân tích các Question trả lời:
A. to emphasize on people instead of cars (kết qủa của giải pháp)
B. to save energy and cut carbon dioxide emissions (kết qủa của giải pháp)
C. to design cities and neighbourhoods in a way that cars are useless. (giải pháp dài hạn)
D. all essential services not being located within walking distance (thông tin hẹp, thiếu)
CÁCH DIỄN ĐẠT KHÁC NHAU NHƯNG NÓI CÙNG MỘT Ý

• Sử dụng từ đồng nghĩa
- a car exhibition → an auto show (triển lãm ô tô)
- to identify problems in the system → to expose defects in the system
(nhận ra các vấn đề trong hệ thống → tìm ra các nhược điểm trong hệ thống)
• Sử dụng từ trái nghĩa
- The construction will improve the traffic flow. → The construction will ease traffic
congestion.
(Công trình sẽ cải thiện luồng giao thông. → Công trình sẽ giảm ùn tắc giao thông.)
- The museum is open to the public Tuesday through Saturday. The museum is closed to
the public on Monday. (Bảo tàng mở cửa từ thứ Ba đến thứ Bảy. → Bảo tàng đóng cửa vào
thứ Hai.)
• Chuyển từ một danh từ cụ thể sang danh từ chung
She is eating an apple. →She is eating a fruit. (Cô ấy đang ăn một quả táo. → Cô ấy đang
ăn hoa quả.)
- He bought a microwave oven. → He purchased a kitchen appliance.
• Chuyển từ một danh từ chung sang một danh từ cụ thể
- transportation service → bus, subway, train, and airline service
(dịch vụ vận tải → dịch vụ xe buýt, tàu điện ngầm, tàu và hàng không)
- fossil fuels → coal, oil, and gas (nhiên liệu hóa → thạch than, dầu và khí đốt)
• Thay đổi từ loại
- to take occasional walks → to walk occasionally (thỉnh thoảng đi dạo)
- to dress comfortably → to wear comfortable clothing (ăn mặc thoải mái → mặc quần áo
thoải mái)
• Sử dụng các cấu trúc khác
- Street parking is available, but limited. → Visitors may have difficulty finding a place to
park.
(Đỗ xe trên phố được nhưng có giới hạn. → Khách có thể gặp khó khăn trong việc tìm kiếm
một chỗ đỗ xe.)
DẠNG 1: Ý chính (Main idea)
What is the topic of the passage? = What is the main idea of the passage?
What is the author's main point in the passage? With what is the author primary concerned?
Which of the following would be the best title?
What is the author's main purpose in the passage?
Đọc kỹ Question đầu, Question cuối của đoạn văn đầu hoặc cuối để xác định Question chủ đề. Tìm bằng
chứng để loại bỏ đáp án sai. Thông thường các ý chính thì sẽ không quá chung chung, không quá
chi tiết và cũng không thể không được nhắc đến trong bài (too general), (too specific) or (not mentioned)
What does the passage mainly discuss? (Đề thi TN THPT 2015)
A. Effects of global warming on animals and plants
B. Influence of climate changes on human lifestyles
C. Global warming and species migration.
D. Global warming and possible solutions.
“'Plants and animals will find it difficult to escape or adjust to the effects of global warming. Scientists
have already observed shifts in the lifecycles of many plants and animals, such as flowers blooming
earlier and birds hatching earlier in the spring. Many species have begun shifting where they live or
their annual migration patterns due to warmer temperatures. With further waning, animals will tend
to migrate.
DẠNG 2: Từ vựng trong ngữ cảnh

Loại 1:
+ The word “subsequent” in line 19 is closest in meaning to ...
+ The word “varied” in line 2 could be replaced by ...
+ What is the meaning of the phrase “giant patriarchs”?
à Dựa vào thông tin xung quanh để đoán nghĩa
Loại 2: The word “he” in the passage refers to …
à Dựa vào thông tin phía trước để đoán
Different cultures follow their own special customs when a child's baby teeth fall out. In Korea, for
example, they have the custom of throwing lost teeth up on the roof of a house. According to tradition,
a magpie will come and take the tooth. Later, the magpie will return with a new tooth for the child. In
other Asian countries, such as Japan and Vietnam, children follow a similar tradition of throwing their
lost teeth onto the roofs of houses.
(Đề thi Đại học 2017)
The word "their" in paragraph 1 refers to ____.
A. houses' B. roofs' C. children's D. countries'
DẠNG 3: Thông tin chi tiết

- It is stated in the passage …
- The passage indicates that …
- Which of the following is true/false ... ?
- According to the passage ..
Students can find out how fast they read by a simple method. First, they should count all the words on
a page of a book. Then, they read the page as they time themselves. After finishing reading, they should
divide the number of words read by the number of minutes spent reading.
According to the passage, what is the first step in determining your reading speed?
a. Timing yourself as you read the page of a book
b. Dividing the number of words rea.d by the number of minutes used.
c. Counting the number of words on a page
d. Determining if you need to read faster
Từ khoá trong Question hỏi là “first step” và “reading speed” có thể không xuất hiện trong bài mà chỉ
có cụm từ tương đương, nên phải hiểu rõ nội dung Question hỏi trước khi tìm kiếm.
DẠNG 4: Thông tin không được đề cập
+ According to the passage, all of the following are true EXCEPT...
+ The author mentions all of the following EXCEPT...
+ Which of the following is not stated…? = Which of the following is not mentioned…?
+ Which of the following is not discussed…?
+ Which of the following is are FALSE…?
Để trả lời các Question hỏi sự kiện phủ định, các em phải:
(1) Gạch chân từ khoá, khoanh vùng thông tin trong bài văn.
(2) Đọc lướt, loại bỏ 3 đáp án đúng so với bài văn.
Marriage was not so much a romantic love story but a business transaction, or deal. Most marriages
were arranged between parents while their children were still very young. It was the custom that the
fathers made the decision on whom their children were going to marry. The mothers had little say in it
since they rarely made any decisions outside the household. The fathers would meet to arrange the
wedding date and the money given for the bride on her wedding date. The more money and land a girl
had, the more chances she had to marry well.
Therefore, it was important that her father choose the bridegroom very well. Usually, it was someone
who came from a good family or who was rich too. It was very unlikely that people married outside their
social class.
(Đề minh hoạ 2018)
The author mentions all of the following in the passage EXCEPT .
A. People tended to marry outside their social class
B. Men made almost all decisions inside the family
C. Marriage used to be a deal between two families
D. The wedding date was decided by the fathers
NẮM VỮNG CÁCH RA ĐỀ MỘT SỐ DẠNG QUESTION HỎI ĐỌC HIỂU
Nhận ra thông tin tường minh được diễn đạt khác so với văn bản gốc. (Detail paraphrased)
What made X happen?
A. Thông tin đúng nhưng không liên quan.
B. Dùng một vài từ từ thông tin gốc nhưng diễn giải sai.
C. Liên quan tới Question trả lời về nôị dung ngữ nghĩa, nhưng quá rộng hay quá hẹp.
D. Question trả lời đúng.
Exercise 1:
It is estimated that about 200 million people who use the Internet computer network around the world. The Internet
allows people to work at home instead of traveling to work. The Internet allows businesses to communicate with
customers and workers in many part of the world for the cost of a local telephone call. Email allows users to send
documents, pictures and other data from one part of the world to another in at least 5 minutes. People can use the
Internet to do shopping. This saves a lot of time. It is possible to use the Internet for education - students may
connect with their teachers from home to send or receive email or talk their problems through “on line” rather than
attend a class.
1 What does the Internet allow people to do?
A. To stay at home and rest. B. To work at office.
C. To travel around the world. D. To work at home.
2 How is the communication with customers by the Internet?
A. It is cheap. B. It is very expensive.
C. It is inconvenient. D. It is difficult
1. What can be send by Email?
A. Documents. B. Information.
C. Data. D. All are correct.
2. How long does it take people to do the shopping on the Internet?
A. A lot of time B. A little time
C. Less time D. More time
3. According to the passage, which of the following is not given?
A. Students may send email to their teachers.
B. Students may receive email from their teachers.
C. Students may talk their problems to their teachers.
D. Students may take a test online.
Exercise 2:
If you are invited to someone’s house in America for dinner, you should bring a gift, such as a bunch of
flowers or a box of chocolates. If you give your host a wrapped gift, he or she may open it in front of you. Opening a
present in front of the gift-giver is considered polite. It shows that the host is excited about receiving the gift and
want to show his or her appreciation to you immediately. Even if the host doesn’t like it, he or she will tell a “white
lie” and say how much they like the gift to prevent the guest from feeling bad.
If your host asks you to arrive at a particular time, you should not arrive exactly on time or earlier than
the expected time, because this is considered to be potentially inconvenient and therefore rude, as the host may not
be ready.
1. What should you bring if you are invited to someone’s house in America for dinner?
A. Nothing B. Wine
C. Bunch of flowers D. Fruit
2. Opening a present in front of the gift-giver is considered .
A. polite B. impolite C. bad D. good
3. What will the host do if he or she doesn’t like the present?
A. Tell a “white lie”.
B. Say how much they dislike the present.
C. Prevent the guest from being happy.
D. All of them.
4. Why shouldn’t you arrive exactly on time if you are invited to a dinner at a particular time?
- Because
A. the host may not be ready.
B. the host is not at home.
C. you are impolite.
D. you go there by bus.
5. When should you arrive if you are asked a particular time?
A. Earlier than the expected time
B. Exactly on time
C. Later than the expected time
D. Very late
Exercise 3:
Most of the people who like films are only interested in the leading actor or actress when they enjoy a film. It seems
to them that only the actors or actresses have made the film successful. They always pay attention to their
appearance, performance, and fashion. There are many film viewers who have no awareness of the other people’s
work to make a film. A finished film is, actually, the result of the collaboration of many people, and the most
important among them are the scriptwriter, the cinematographer, the film editor, the actor, and the director.
Especially, in some thrilling scenes, the roles of stuntmen are very important. They are always in danger when they
are acting; some of them are even badly hurt. But what a pity, many film viewers rarely appreciate their work.
1 Who are many film viewers most interested in?
A. The director.
B. The leading actor or actress.
C. The stuntmen.
D. The cinemaphotographer.
2. According to the passage, only the actors or actresses have made .
A. best scenes B. bad scenes
C. they love films D. the film successful
3. What do many film viewers pay attention to?
A. the director’s name and appearance
B. the pictures taken by the cinematographer
C. the leading actors’ or actresses’ family
D. the actors’ and actresses’ appearance, performance, and fashion
4. How is the work of stuntment?
A. secure B. dangerous C. interesting D. thrilled
Exercise 4:
Between the months of November and May, a wind blows from the west in most part of Indonesia. It comes
from ocean and carries rain. Clouds build up around the mountains, and every afternoon rain falls. The rain is
always heavy, and rivers now become dangerous. When it rains the whole day, they may suddenly overflow and
cause great damage to the land.
Most farmers are glad when the wet season begins. There is water for their fields and they can again start
growing rice. But people in town are not so glad for the streets soon get muddy and dirty. They prefer the dry
seasons when they can sit outside and enjoy cool evening.
1. What happens in most part of Indonesia between the months of November and May?
A. It is snowy. B. It is windy.
C. It is sunny. D. It is stormy.
2. Why does rain fall every afternoon?
A. Because of building clouds.
B. Because of getting dark.
C. Because of the high mountains.
D. Because of the large ocean.
3. What happens if it rains heavily the whole day?
A. The rivers are overflowed.
B. The land is damaged.
C. The land is dry.
D. A & B are correct.
4. When can farmers start growing rice again?
A. The land has been demaged.
B. The rivers are overflowed.
C. The wet season begins.
D. The dry season begins.
5. Why are people in town not so happy in the wet season?
A. Because the streets are full of mud.
B. Because the evenings are cool.
C. Because they are muddy and dirty.
D. Because they can sit outside.
Exercise 5:
Smoking causes lung cancer, which is the number one cancer among men. Ninety percent of the people who get lung
cancer die. Smoking is also the leading cause of mouth cancer, tongue cancer, and throat cancer. Many smokers have
heart disease and pneumonia. Smoking causes about one million early deaths in the world every year.
Smokers not only harm themselves but also harm others. Smokers breathe smoke out into the air. They breathe it
out on their children and their wives or husbands. Children whose parents smoke have more breathing and lung
problems than other children. Women who are married to smokers are more likely to have lung cancer than those
married to non-smokers. We are all aware that smoking is bad. So why do people smoke?
1. Which is the number one cancer among men?
A. Tongue cancer B. Throat cancer
C. Lung cancer D. Mouth cancer
2. What is the main cause of mouth cancer, tounge cancer and throat cancer?
A. Drinking B. Overeating C. Breathing D. Smoking
3. What diseases do many smokers have?
A. Heart disease B. Pneumonia
C. Measles D. A $ B are correct.
4. What does the word “it” in the passage refer to?
A. cancer B. smoke C. air D. breath
5. Who are more likely to have lung cancer and lung problems?
A. People who live in the city.
B. People who live with smokers.
C. People who live with non-smokers.
D. People who live in the country.
Exercise 6:
I was born in Newcastle, a city in the North East of England. Newcastle is on the bank of the River Tyne.
It is a quite big city of about 200,000 inhabitants. There is a cathedral and a university. There are five bridges
over the River Tyne, which link Newcastle to the next town, Gateshead, where there is one of the biggest shopping
centres in the world, the Metro Centre.
A few years ago, the main industries were shipbuilding and coalmining, but now the chemical and soap
industries are important.
I moved from Newcastle ten years ago but I often return. I miss the people, who are so warm and friendly,
and I miss the wild, beautiful countryside near the city, where there are so many hills and streams.
1. What does Newcastle have?
A. It has one of the biggest shopping centres.
B. It has a wild, beautiful countryside.
C. It has only one bridge that links it to the next town.
D. It has a population of about 200,000 people.
2. According to the passage, the writer .
A. has never returned to Newcastle
B. has come back to live in Newcastle
C. is still living in Newcastle
D. doesn’t live in Newcastle any more
3. Which of the following is NOT true about Newcastle?
A. It is next to Gateshead.
B. It has a cathedral and a university.
C. Its main industry now is shipbuilding.
D. Its people are friendly.
4. Where is Newcastle in England?
A. It is in the North West of England.
B. It is in the East South of England.
C. It is in the North East of England.
D. It is in the South of England.
5. What is there in Gateshead?
A. There is one of the most beautiful countrysides.
B. There is one of the largest rivers.
C. There is one of the most important shipbuilding industries.
D. There is one of the biggest shopping centres.
Exercise 7:
Most Americans look forward to their vacations. Most American employees receive an annual vacation with pay. It
is traditional to use this time off for travel.
Travelling within the United States is very popular because foreign travel generally takes more time and
money. However, those who want to travel outside the USA are free to go almost every where. Obtaining a passport
is not difficult. Every year about thirteen million people travel abroad. The most popular periods are during the
Summer and the two-week retool break on Christmas and New Year holidays. These periods are so the most crowded
and the most expensive time to travel, so people who can adjust their schedules sometimes choose to travel in the
autumn.
American tourists often travel by car. Most families own a car, and those who do not have a car can rent
one. Cars are usually the most economical way to travel, especially for families. It is also fairly fast and convenient.
Excellent highways with motels and restaurants nearby connect the nation’s major cities. They enable tourists to
travel at a speed of 55 to 66 miles an hour. Tourists that want to travel faster often fly to their destination and
then rent a car when they get there.
1. What do most American employees traditionally use their annual vacations for?
A. Jogging B. Shopping C. Travelling D. Cycling
2. How is it to obtain a passport in the USA?
A. It is easy. B. It is difficult
C. It is expensive D. It is time consuming
3. When do many American people travel?
A. In the autumn.
B. On Thanksgiving.
C. On Christmas and New Year holidays.
D. On Teachers’ Day.
4. How do American tourists often travel?
A. By car. B. By bicycle. D. By motorbike. D. By plane.
5. What does the word “They” in paragraph 3 refer to?
A. Restaurants B. Highways
C. Motels D. Major cities
Exercise 8:
Solar energy is a long lasting source of energy which can be used almost anywhere. To generate solar energy, we
only need solar cells and the sun. Solar cells can easily be installed on house roofs, so nonew space is needed and each
user can quietly generate their own energy. Compared to other renewable sources, they also possess many advantages:
wind and water power relies on turbines which are noisy, expensive and easy to break down. Solar cells are totally
silent and non-polluting. As they have no moving parts, they require little maintenance and have a long lifetime.
However, solar energy also has some disadvantages. We can only generate solar energy during daytime
because the system depends on sunlight. Besides, solar cellsrequire large area to work effectively. The main
disadvantage of solar energy is that it costs about twice as much as traditional sources such as coal, oil and gas.
This is because solar cells are expensive. Scientists are hoping that the costs of solar cells will reduce as more and
more people see the advantages of this environmentally friendly source of energy.
1. What is the main topic of the passage?
A. Advantages and disadvantages of solar energy.
B. Solar energy as an alternative for fossil fuels.
C. Solar energy’s advantage over other sources of energy.
D. The cost of solar energy.
2. What does the word “they” refer to?
A. solar cells B. solar energy users
C. other renewable resources D. advantages
3. Which of the following is the advantage of solar cells?
A. They are non-polluting.
B. They operate quietly.
C. They require little maintenance.
D. All are correct.
4. According to the passage, what is traditional source of energy?
A. sunlight B. electricity C. coal D. water
5. The main disadvantage of solar energy is .
A. expensive
B. difficult
C. unconvenient
D. unfriendly
Exercise 9:
The large movement of earth under the water causes a very large and powerful tsunami. The tsunami was called
the Asian Tsunami in most of the world. It was called the Boxing Day Tsunami in England, Australia, South
Africa and Canada because it happened on the holiday they call Boxing Day. The tsunami caused a lot of damage
to countries such as Philippines, Thailand, Indonesia and Sri Lanka.
Waves as high as 30m killed many people and damaged or destroyed a lot of buildings and other properties.
Over 225,000 people died or were not found after the Tsunami. The wave traveled as far away as South Africa
(8000km) where as many as 8 people died because of high water caused by the wave. Because of how much damage
was caused and the number of people the earthquake affected, over $7 billion was donated to help the survivors and
rebuild the areas damaged.
1. The tsunami called the Boxing Day Tsunami in England because .
A. it happened when people were boxing.
B. it happened when people were collecting boxes.
C. it happened on Boxing Day.
D. it destroyed a lot of boxes.
2. The waves were .
A. thirteen meters
B. eighteen meters
C. thirty meters
D. two hundred and twenty-five meters
3. Some people in South Africa were killed by .
A. Earthquake B. High water
C. High wind D. Property
4. What does ‘survivors’ mean?
A. Houses that aren’t destroyed.
B. Offices that are being built.
C. People that are dead.
D. People that are left alive.
5. How many dollars was donated to help the survivors? A.
Over 7,000,000,000.
B. Over 225,000.
C. Over 8,000.
D. Over 30.
Exercise 10:
Britain is now a highly industrialized country and there are only 238,000 farms in the UK. More and more farmers
leave the land because they cannot earn enough money to survive. Only large farms are economic and because of
this, most British farms are big. They usually grow cereals in the east of England and raise sheep and cows in the
north of England and Scotland. The small family farms often have to earn more money by offering bed and
breakfast accommodation to tourists.
Farming methods in Britain have also changed. Fields used to be quite small, divided by hedges which were
sometimes a thousand years old and full of wild flowers and birds. Many hedges were pulled up to allow farmers to
use modern machinery. Now most fields in England are large by European standards.
1. Why do British farmers leave their farms?
A. Because they don’t want to continue to live there.
B. Because they are forced to leave the land.
C. Because they can’t earn their own living by farming.
D. Because they are bored of the farm work.
2. Most British farms are big because .
A. most British farmers are rich
B. farming is now industrialized
C. small farms are uneconomic
D. there are plenty of abandoned land
3. What do the small family farms often do to improve their earnings?
A. Offering bed and breakfast accommodation to tourists.
B. Selling their clothes.
C. Growing a lot of trees.
D. Inviting the tourists to their farm the next time.
4. What were fields on British farms divided?
A. Large forests.
B. Hedges.
C. Wood.
D. Metal.
5. Which of the following sentences is NOT true?
A. Many hedges are pulled down for farmers to use modern machinery.
B. Breeding farms are usually in the north of England.
C. Cereals are usually grown in the east of England and Scotland.
D. Most fields in England are now larger than they used to be.
PRACTICE TESTS
“The Difference Between Ordinary and Extraordinary is Practice”

- Vladimir Horowitz Poster -
SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO KỲ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10

NGHỆ AN TRUNG HỌC PHỔ THÔNG NĂM HỌC 2020 - 2021
ĐỀ THI CHÍNH THỨC MÔN: TIẾNG ANH
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Football, or soccer in the U.S, dates back to 2500 B.C with the Chinese game of tsu chu. The sport we
know today originated from Britain. Today, more than 120 million players over the globe participate in
the game, making soccer the world’s sport.
So, why is soccer so popular? Maybe it’s the feeling that the team on the field is your team; their win is
your victory, and their loss is your defeat. Or maybe it is the game’s international quality. In countries
like France. England, Spain. Brazil, major teams have players from many different nations, and these
clubs now have fans all over the world. Or perhaps it’s the promise of great wealth. A number of
professional soccer players, including Cameroon’s Samuel Bto o and Portugal's Cristiano Rolnado.
come from poor families. Today, both of these players make millions of euros every year.
However, ultimately, the main reason for its universal appeal may be this. It’s a simple game. It can
be played anywhere with anything - a ball, a can. or even some bags tied together. And anyone can
play it.
In the mid-1800s, European colonists brought the game to Africa, Early matches were first played in
the South African cities of Cape Town in 1862: Today, some of the game’s best players come from
African nations and all over the continent, thousands of soccer academies now recruit boys from poorer
cities and towns to play the game, l heir dream is to join a national team or one of the big clubs in
Europe someday. For some, the dream comes true, but for most, it doesn’t.
Question 1. What is the main topic of the passage?
A. I low African soccer began B. The history' of soccer
C. The popularity of soccer D. Soccer clubs
Question 2. According to the passage, where did the sport football or soccer that we know
today originate from?
A. Britain B. America C. Portugal D. China
Question 3. In the second paragraph, which of these is NOT given as a possible reason for
soccer's popularity?
A. The possibility of earning more money
B. The number of soccer games shown on TV
C. Well-known players from many different countries
D. The team spirit among players
Question 4. What does the author mean by "It's a simple game." in paragraph 3?
A. The rules are not difficult for people to understand.
B. You can play it anywhere with anything.
C. 'There are many local versions of soccer.
D. You need to have the ability to play football well.
Question 5. What does the word “some” in the last sentence of the paragraph 4 to refer?
A. cities and towns B. poor boys C. national teams D. big clubs
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the options that best
completes each of the following exchanges.
Question 6. Lee: “How about giving me a hand?”
Jack: “__________”
A. Not yet B. I promise
C. Sure, I’m glad to help you D. You’re welcome
Question 7. Kate: “__________”
Mary: “Don’t worry about it”
A. Thank you for inviting me B. Sorry for coming late
C. Could you do me a favor? D. Do you need any help?
Question 8. Tom: “Where can we meet for dinner?”
Jane: “__________”
A. At this time tomorrow B. I know
C. It’s up to you D. I do not to meet you
Question 9. Nick: “Let’s go to school by bike instead of motorbike!”
Mike: “__________”
A. Good idea B. No, I don’t C. Why’s that? D. I need it
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of
the following questions.
Question 10. Let’s take this road. It is__________ way to the city.
A. shorter B. short C. the shortest D. a shortest
Question 11. She isn’t very__________ on going to Spain again this summer vacation.
A. loud B. keen C. eager D. interested
Question 12. This is the first time I__________ this film.
A. saw B. see C. seen D. am seeing
Question 13. Television became popular__________ the 1950s.
A. in B. for C. since D. on
Question 14. Most students__________ to talk to foreigners for the first time.
A. have difficulty B. find difficult
C. have it difficulty D. find it difficult
Question 15. We suggested__________ poor children in our neighborhood this summer.
A. to teach B. taught C. teaching D. teach
Câu16. lie will fail his exam__________ he works harder.
A. when B. unless C. if D. while
Question 17. __________ my friend was busy, he joined my party last night.
A. Since B. Although C. Despite D. Because
Question 18. The children were__________ because their mother was coming back home.
A. excited B. excitement C. excitedly D. exciting
Question 19. Ha Noi is a very beautiful city which is in__________ North of Viet Nam.
A. an B. a C. ɸ D. the
Question 20. Your father was always smoking, __________?
A. was he B. did he C. didn't he D. wasn’t he
Question 21. Make__________ that you turn off all the lights before leaving the room.
A. mistakes B. sure C. up D. thing
Question 22. __________ turning down your stereo a bit? I’m learning my lesson.
A. Would you B. Would you like C. Would you mind D. Would you please
Question 23. After__________ search, the missing girl was found alive and well at a friend’s house.
A. a three-hours B. a three hour C. three-hours D. a three-
hour
Question 24. Mai speaks English__________, so she always get the first prize in the English –
speaking contest.
A. fluency B. fluently C. fluence D. more fluent
Question 25. “__________ does it take you to get to school every day?"
- "About fifteen minutes."
A. How many B. How long C. How often D. How far
Question 26.I wish he__________ more time now to help you with your lesson.
A. had had B. would have C. had D. have
Question 27. My father asked me__________ about the film
A. what I think . B. what do C. what I thought D. what did I think
Question 28. Your car is so dirty. You should have it__________ more often.
A. washed B. to be washed C. be washed D. wash
Mark the letter A, B, C. D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is CLOSEST in
meaning to each of the following questions.
Question 29. Did they build the circus at the same time as the theater?
A. Was the circus built at the same time as the theater?
B. Was the circus built at the same time of the theater?
C. Did they build the circus along with the theater?
D. Did they build the circus as long as the theater?
Question 30. "If I were you, I would not lend him any money." said my brother.
A. My brother advised me not to lend hint any money.
B. My brother refused to lend him any money.
C. My brother invited me not to lend him any money.
D. My brother advised me to not lend him any money.
Question 31. The book is very interesting. I bought it last week.
A. The book which I bought last week is very interesting.
B. The book is very interesting which I bought last week.
C. The book I bought last week which is very interesting.
D. The book which I bought it last week is very' interesting.
Question 32. My father used to go sailing when he was a child.
A. My father usually went sailing when he is a child.
B. My father usually went sailing when he was a child.
C. My father usually goes sailing when he was a child.
D. My father usually go sailing when he was a child.
Question 33. They started working in this company 6 weeks ago.
A. They have started working in this company for 6 weeks.
B. They have worked in this company for 6 weeks.
C. They have worked in this company since 6 weeks.
D. They have worked in this company 6 weeks ago.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word OPPOSITE in
meaning to the underlined word in the following question.
Question 34. He didn't even cast an eve over my report which l had spent a month writing.
A. show disinterest in B. find it eye-catching with
C. keep in ignorance about D. stay informed of
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronuncation to each of the following questions
Question 35. A. push B. lunch C. fun D. much
Question 36. A. guess B. large C. game D. give
Question 37. A. oranges B. brushes C. catches D. kites
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differ from the
other three of position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 38. A. famous B. lucky C. agree D. father
Question 39. A. festival B. holiday C.gardener D. prediction
Mark the letter A, B. C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of
Question 40. The girl sat next to me on the plane is a very well-known Kpop singer.
A B C D
Question 41. I haven’t seen Martin since we graduate from the university in 2001
A B C D
Question 42. The movie was so bored that all the audience had gone home before it ended.
A B C D
Question 43. Bccausce of Jack was afraid of being late, he had to skip breakfast this morning.
A B C D
Question 44. I often spend some money each month to buy English books.
A B C D
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word CLOSEST in
meaning to the underlined part in the following question.
Question 45. She turned down the new job in New York because she didn't want to move.
A. refused B. agreed C. enjoyed D. denied
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
CULTURE SHOCK
Many people dream of living in a foreign country. It can be an amazing experience for those
(46)__________ are willing to settle down in a new place. (47) __________, there's one potential problem
you should be aware of: culture shock. Culture shock is the feeling we get from living in a place that is
so different to where we grew up that we are not sure how to deal with it. Societies are (48) __________
in many different ways. Customs and traditions can be very different and that can sometimes make it
difficult to get on with (49) __________ people who might not approve of things you do and might object
to things you say. You might be banned from doing things in another country that are perfectly legal
in your own. (50) __________ example, in Singapore people can be forced to pay a large fine just for
dropping rubbish. Eventually, though, most people who live abroad fall in love with their adopted
country and learn to accept its differences
Question 46. A. who B. whose C. which D. What
Question 47. A. Although B. Therefore C. Moreover D. However
Question 48. A. organized B. organize C. organization D. organizing
Question 49. A. local B. foreign C. overseas D. strange
Question 50. A. From B. By C. With D. For
_______ Hết _______
SỞ GD&ĐT HÀ NỘI KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH LỚP 10 THPT
NĂM HỌC 2020-2021
ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC MÔN: TIẾNG ANH
(Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút)
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answersheet to indicate the word whose underlines part
differ from other three in pronunciation in each of the following question.
Question 1.
A. bigger B. better C. reuse D. father
Question 2.
A. watched B. stopped C. visited D. looked
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answersheet to indicate the worddiffer from other three
in the position off primary street in each of the following question.
Question 3.
A. improve B. pollute C. culture D. attend
Question 4.
A. decide B. reduce C. famous D. invite
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answersheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following question.
Question 5. The artwork was ________ done by artisan.
A. carefully B. careful C. care D. careless
Question 6.Last Sunday we arrived at the waterfall nearby _______ 7.00 a.m.
A. at B. in C. of D. on
Question 7. More and more young people are moving to the city as there are _______ of job
opportunities here.
A. a lot B. much C. many D. a little
Question 8. The light went out while he _______ dinner with his family.
A. had B. have had C. was having D. is having
Question 9. I got some _______ advice on how to make a presentation from my English teacher, so I
passed my oral test
A. useless B. useful C. uselessness D. usefulness
Question 10. They decide to learn French _______ study in Paris.
A. in order B. so as to C. so that D. in order that
Question 11.Your brother passed the final exam, _______?
A. doesn’t he B. didn’t he C. does he D. did he
Question 12._______ his aunt really likes the apartment, she can’t afford to buy it
A. Although B. Because C. If D. So
Question 13. The students enjoy _______ badminton every morning.
A. playing B. plays C. to play D. played
Question 14. The doctor advised my uncle to stop _______ because it’s quite harmful to his health
A. to smoking B. smoking C. smoke D. to smoke
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answersheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSET in
meaning to the underlines word(s) in each off the following question.
Question 15. We should go to the mountainous area to enjoy some fresh air at the weekend
A. windy B. rainy C. unpolluted D. polluted
Question 16.My brother went on with the project even though his boss said it was impossible to do it
A. made B. continued C. fought D. began
Mark the lette A, B, C or D on your answersheet to indicate the word(s) OPOSITE in meaning
to the underlines word(s) in each off the following question.
Question 17. I find playing sport an exciting way to exercise
A. boring B. normal C. regular D. interesting
Question 18. Tom felt nervous the moment the plan took off
A. made B. continued C. fought D. began
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answersheet to indicate the most suitable response to
complete each of the following exchanges.
Question 19. Jim: “What a beautiful painting” - Nam: “____________”
A. I’m glad to tell you so
B. It’s very nice of you to say so
C. I don’t mind if you say that
D. You’re welcome
Question 20. Robert: “Would you like to have dinner with me tonight” - Mary: “____________”
A. Yes, I’d love to B. Yes, I will
C. Never mind, thanks D. No, I won’t
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct answer to each of the question.
Ha Long Bay is a UNESCO World Heritage site in Quang Ninh Provide, in the northeast of the
Viet Nam. It has got over 1,600 islands and islets. Among the many ancient fishing villages inHa Long
Bay, only Cua Van floating village remains. All the house anh building in the village float on huge
wooden raft.
The villagers spend their days fishinh and looking after the sea life. Then they sail to the
mainland to trade their fish for things like food, drinking water or clothes. Most children go to floating
school and then spend the rest of their time learning important skills like swimming and fishing. They
also help out their parents as much as they can
Their lifestyle may seem strange to many people, but it’s so wonderful to live among such
nature beauty and know you are protecting it. The villagers are able to help preserve their beautiful
bay because they live directly on the water.
Question 21. The word “they” in paragraph 2 is closest meaning to _____.
A. the builder B. the schools C. the villagers D. the house
Question 22.According to the passage, the villagers’ lifestyle may seem _____ to many people.
A. tiring B. strange C. dangerous D. boring
Question 23. The villagersnot only fish hut also_____ the sea life.
A. pollute B. damage C. look at D. look after
Question 24. The villagers are able to help preserve their beautiful bay because _____.
A. they live on the land B. they live far from the sea
C. they don’t live directly on the water D. they live directly on the water
the correct answer to each of the question.
Over the last five years, more and more student from the school have taken part environmental
projects such as tree planting and improving the school the school grounds. But, no matter how much
you do, there’s always more that can be (25) _________ to improve the place where we live.
This year students from the Conversation Club plan to work with local people to make a
community garden near the school. As Tim, a student. Says: “No one (26) __________ to liv in an
unattractive area. If we work together, we can turn these areas into spaces that we can enjoy (27)
__________ time in.” This kind of local action is not just about (28) __________ environment. It also
helps people get to know (29) __________ neighbors and it can help build stronger communities.
If you care (30) __________ the state of your town, and you are interested in talking part in the
project, please contact the school for further information.
Question 25. A. done B. does C. do D. did
Question 26. A. stay B. stays C. wants D. want
Question 27. A. doing B. paying C. spending D. giving
Question 28. A. B. a C. the D. an
Question 29. A. their B. his C. its D. her
Question 30. A. about B. on C. at D. in
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answersheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following question.
Question 31.You should to read more book if you want to improve your English vocabulary
A. if B. to read C. to improve D. vocabulary
Question 32. I wish all the children in the world don’t have to live in poverty any more.
A. the B. don’t have to
C. all the children D. in
Question 33. We cancelled our camping trip because of it rained heavily
A. cancelled B. camping C. heavily D. because of
Question 34. The doctor which we met in Francehas just sent usa greeting card.
A. met B. a C. which D. in
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answersheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following question.
Question 35. Your house is more modern than mine.
A. My house is as modern as yours.
B. My house isn’t as modern as yours.
C. My house isn’t as modern as yours house.
D. My house is more modern than yours.
Question 36. Ally wants to buy that dress, but she doesn’t have enough money.
A. If Ally had enough money, she could buy that dress.
B. If Ally has enough money, she can buy that dress.
C. If Ally have enough money, she could buy that dress.
D. If Ally have enough money, she will buy that dress.
Question 37.Her father invited him to the conference.
A. He was invited to the conference by her father.
B. He is invited to the conference by her father.
C. He has been invited to the conference by her father.
D. He were invited to the conference by her father.
Question 38. “Let’s go to Ngoc Son temple on New Year’s Eve,” Mai said
A. Mai suggested that we went to Ngoc Son temple on New Year’s Eve.
B. Mai suggested going to Ngoc Son temple on New Year’s Eve.
C. Mai suggests going to Ngoc Son temple on New Year’s Eve.
D. Mai suggest go to Ngoc Son temple on New Year’s Eve.
Question 39. “If I were you, I would raise money for the poor,” I said to Thomas.
A. I said Thomas to raise money for the poor.
B. I asked Thomas why he doesn’t raise money for the poor.
C. I asked Thomas why he didn’t raise money for the poor.
D. I advised Thomasto raise money for the poor.
Question 40. This is the first time his children have tried Japanese cuisine.
A. His children tried Japanese cuisine at first.
B. His children last tried Japanese cuisine a long time ago.
C. His children tried Japanese cuisine before.
D. His children have never tried Japanese cuisine before.
_____Hết_____
SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO KỲ THI TUYỂN SINH LỚP 10 THPT
TỈNH NINH BÌNH NĂM HỌC: 2020- 2021
Bài thi môn: TIẾNG ANH- Ngày thi 16/7/2020
ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined
part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 1: A. books B. clubs C. hats D. stamps
Question 2: A. pretty B. website C. sunset D. helping
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the
other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3: A. nation B. nature C. music D. achieve
Question 4: A. disaster B. unpleasantC. careless D. occasion
Question 5: It was an interesting lecture, ______?
A. is it B. didn't it C. was it D. wasn’t it
Question 6: Christopher Colombus was ______ first person to discover America.
A. Ø B. a C. the D. an
Question 7: Why are these two schools so different ______ each other?
A. from B. with C. at D. of
Question 8: In the future, high technology ______ women from most housework.
A. free B. will free C. freed D. to free
Question 9: They wish they ______ speak many languages well.
A. can B. do C. could D. are
Question 10: Doctors suggest ______ face masks to avoid infectious diseases.
A. wearing B. to wear C. wore D. worn
Question 11: We went to the restaurant______ there was no food in the house.
A. but B. although C. so D. because
Question 12: Parents sometimes don’t know how ______ to their children when they are in the period
of adolescence.
A talk B. talks C. to talk D. talking
Question 13: It’s really dangerous. She is always forgetting to ______ the gas stove.
A. go on B. turn off C. put on D. get over
Question 14: There are many tourists ______in Ninh Binh province.
A. attract B. attractive C. attractiveness D. attractions
Question 15: The ______ of living in cities is higher than that in the countryside.
A standard B. level C. price D. life
Question 16: If I ______ a powerful president, I would stop all the wars in the world.
A. am B. are C. were D. is
Question 17: My father works in a big company with high salary and he is the ______ of my family.
My mother stays at home and does the housework.
A. tutor B. facilitator C. adviser D. breadwinner
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best
Question 18: Hoa: “I think we should preserve traditional craft villages.”
Mai: “______”
A. That’s a good idea! B. Well done!
C. Congratulations! D. Good job!
Question 19: John: “Thank you very much for driving me home.”
Tom: “______”
A. I can’t believe that. B. You’re welcome.
C. Oh, I see. D. Yes, please.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following sentences.
Question 20: Look! The students are so excited and energetically.
A B C D
Question 21: He stop smoking because cigarettes are harmful to his health.
A B C D
Question 22: I don't mind get up early and doing morning exercise.
A B C D
Question 23: She is the more beautiful woman I have ever met.
A B C D
Question 24: There are many seasons to explain why people don’t want to live in extended families.
A B C D
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the sentence given in each of the following questions.
Question 25: When I was a child, we usually lived in London.
A. When I was a child, we used to live in London.
B. When I was a child, we are used to live in London.
C. When I was a child, we are used to living in London.
D. When I was a child, we used to living in London.
Question 26: The teacher said: “I will explain the problem one more time."
A. The teacher said I would explain the problem one more time.
B. The teacher said she would explain the problem one more time.
C. The teacher said she will explain the problem one more time.
D. The teacher said she explained the problem one more time.
Question 27: People believe that Viet Nam has been successful in dealing with Covid-19.
A. Viet Nam is believed to being successful in dealing with Covid-19.
B. Viet Nam was believed to have been successful in dealing with Covid-19.
C. It is believed that Viet Nam has been successful in dealing with Covid-19.
D. It was believed that Viet Nam has been successful in dealing with Covid-19.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines
the pair of sentences given in each of the following questions.
Question 28: The traffic was bad. We arrived on time.
A. Although the fact that the traffic was bad, we arrived on time.
B. We arrived on time although the traffic was bad.
C. Though the traffic was bad, we arrived on time.
D. We arrived on time despite the traffic was bad.
Question 29: The woman is my brother’s close friend. You met her yesterday.
A. The woman who you met her yesterday is my brother’s close friend.
B. The woman whom you met her yesterday is my brother’s close friend.
C. The woman whose you met her yesterday is my brother’s close friend.
D. The woman which you met her yesterday is my brother’s close friend.
Question 30: We were happy. We came back to school after a long time.
A. We were happy that we coming back to school after a long time.
B. We were happy come back to school after a long time.
C. We were happy coming back to school after a long time.
D. We were happy to come back to school after a long time.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the word that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
English is my mother (31) ______. Besides, I can speak French and Spanish. I studied these two
languages when I was at high school. Now I am still learning Spanish at University. As tor me,
mastering a foreign language is not easy. After studying a language, I find that practice is very
necessary and useful. Travelling to the country where the target language is spoken is very helpful,
(32) ______ if you cannot speak the language well enough, you will certainly have troubles. I also
frequently go to the movie, watch television, listen to the radio in the language (33)______ I am
trying to learn. Reading is another good way to learn. Books are good, but I personally think
newspapers and magazines are better. However, getting (34) ______ knowledge of the language is
one of the most (35) ______ things. That’s the reason why grammar and vocabulary should be
mastered first.
Question 31: A. mouth B. nose C. ear D. tongue
Question 32: A. or B. although C. but D. that
Question 33: A. which B. who C. whom D. whose
Question 34: A. any B. little C. less D. some
Question 35: A. importance B. important C. unimportant D. importantly
Read the following passage and mark the teller A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Mercury is the smallest member of the sun's family which is only 3,100 miles across. It is also the
sun's swiftest planet. Its yearly journey round the sun is only 85 days.
Mercury always keeps one side towards the sun. On this side it is always day, on the other side it is
always night. We only see the lighted side.
Mercury appears to us like a yellowish orange star. The nearest planet to the sun, it is always seen
near the sun, either just before sunrise or soon after sunset. People sometimes call Mercury the
morning star or evening star. Mercury is half the size of the earth. Because it is much lighter, it has
much less gravity. If you can visit Mercury in a spaceship, you will find it a strange world. Its low
gravity makes you feel very light. If your weight on earth is 100 pounds, your weight on Mercury is
only 27 pounds. Looking at the sun from Mercury, you can see that it’s much more brilliant than it is
seen from the earth. And the yellow centre of the sun appears three times bigger from Mercury. On
the lighted side, Mercury’s temperature is about 300 degrees centigrade. But the dark side is
extremely cold, 150 degrees below zero so Mercury is probably the coldest as well as the hottest of the
planets.
Question 36: The word swiftest in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. fastest B. coldest C. hottest D. biggest
Question 37: We cannot see the dark side of Mercury because ______.
A. it moves very fast
B. it always appears just before sunrise or soon after sunset
C. it always keeps one side towards the sun
D. it is too far for us to see
Question 38: On the lighted sight, the Mercury’s temperature is ______.
A. zero degree centigrade B. 85 degrees centigrade
C. 100 degrees centigrade D. 300 degrees centigrade
Question 39: The word “it' in paragraph 4 refers to ______.
A. Mercury B. the sun C. gravity D. the earth
Question 40: What is the passage mainly about?
A. Members in Solar systemB. Mercury
C. Gravity D. Solar syste
SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO KỲ THI TUYỂN SINH LỚP 10 THPT
TỈNH TIỀN GIANG NĂM HỌC 2020- 2021
MÔN THI: TIẾNG ANH
ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC Thời gian làm bài : 60 phút ( không kể thời gian giao đề)
Questions 1-12: Pick out ONE best option to complete each of the following sentences: (3.0
points)
Question 1. Teacher:______
Student: I am 14 years old.
A. How are you? B. Who are you? C. Where are you? D. How old are you?
Question 2. A place of interest is a ______ and famous place in the countryside.
A. beautiful B. beauty C. beautify D. beautifully
Question 3. What is the best ______ in Singapore?
A. attract B. attraction C. attractive D. attracted
Question 4. Noise ______ comes from the traffic and from construction sites.
A. pollute B. polluted C. pollution D. pollutedly
Question 5: Ann is interested ______ history.
A. about B. for C. to D. in
Question 6. The roads ______ and we are stuck in a traffic jam.
A. ARE crowded B. crowding C. crowd D. crowds
Question 7. In my class, English ______ by Mr.Bean.
A. teaching B. is taught C. is teaching D. taught
Question 8. People ______ the city of London a long time ago.
A. is building B. builds C. built D. will have
Question 9.Young men can get jobs ______ after leaving schools.
A. ease B. easy C. uneasy D. easily
Question 10.______ the sun was shining, it wasn’t very warm.
A. Although B. Because C. So D. That
Question 11. My parents told me that ________the following day.
A. we will visit you B. they would visit me C. they will visit you D. we will visit me
Question 12. Man: I am sorry.
Woman:______.
A. I am here B. Yes, please C. That’s all right D. No, thanks
Questions 13-18: Read the passage below then pick out ONE best option (A, B, C or D) to
complete each of the following sentences: (1.5 points)
“How can 1 learn English well?" This is a question many students ask. In my opinion, the most
effective way is to learn lessons by heart. If you can recite the text and write it out, you’ve learned it
fairly well. And if you can tell, in your own words, what the lesson says you’re a very successful
learner indeed. Your English will be quite perfect.
This is a difficult task. However, if you try to learn by heart only part of each lesson, you’ll find it
not half so hard as you might have thought.
Learning this way, you will make rapid progress. Of course, writing is also necessary. It helps YOU
a lot on your way to success in English.
What is equally important is to feel the language. You should be able to laugh at JOKES and be
shocked at bad news. When using English, try to forget your MOTHER TONGUE. Instead of helping you,
your own language gets in your way. So, never try to see English through translation.
(English Reading comprehension MCQs, Giao duc Publishing House)
Question 13. According to the writer, the most effective way in learning English is ______.
A. to copy the English words and grammar rules
B. to forget your own native language
C. to translate everything into his own language
D. to practice speaking, writing and feeling it
Question 14. In “What is equally important is to feel the language”,"TO FEEL THE LANGUAGE’ means
______.
A. to experience the rich meaning of the language
B. to be able to read and write English
C. to translate English into your own by imagining
D. to get know ledge of English by touching
Question 15: In “You should be able to laugh at JOKES and be shocked at bad news.“,“jokes” means
______.
A. clothing shows B. funny stories C. love songs D. sadness
Question 16. In “When using English,try to forget your MOTHER TONGUE.”,“MOTHER TONGUE”
MEANS ______.
A. lovely Mum B. part of the mouth C. first language D. foreign language
Question 17. When using English, try to ______.
A. see English through translation B. translate English into your own
C. think in your own language D. forget your mother tongue
Question 18. What is the best title for the passage?
A. English learning B. English culture C. English cities D. English people
Questions 19-20: Pick out the word that has the underlined syllable pronounced differently
from the others:(0.5 point)
Question 19. A. boys B. groups C. rooms D. words
Question 20. A. second B. sugar C. sunny D. sorry
Questions 21-22: Pick out the word that has the main stressed syllable pronounced
differently from the others:(0.5 point)
Question 21. A. country B. music C. woman D. police
Question 22. A. follow B. begin C. happen D. visit
Questions 23-24:Pick out the word that is of the different topic (or part of speech)from the
others:(0.5 point)
Question 23. A. city B. village C. region D. language
Question 24. A. differ B. offer C. letter D. wander
Questions 25-26: Mark the letter A. B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence
that best completes each of the following questions: (0.5 point)
Question 25. If you want to get good grades, you ______ .
A. study hard B. don't study hard C. cannot study hard D. must study hard
Question 26. I give you my telephone number ______.
A. that you to call me B. although you can call me
C. to you call me D. so you can call me
Questions 27-34: Pick out ONE best option (A, B, C or D) to fill in each numbered blank,
completing the meaning of the passage: (2.0 points)
For centuries, poets, writers and musicians (27) ______ the ao dai in poems, novels and songs.
The ao dai is the traditional (28) ______ of Vietnamese women. It consists of a long silk
tunic that is slit on the sides and worn over loose pants. Traditionally, it was frequently worn by both
men and women. The design and material used for men were (29) ______ from those used for women.
Nowadays, women usually (30) ______ it, especially on special occasions. However, many
Vietnamese women today often prefer to wear modern clothing at work, (31) ______ it is more
convenient.
Now fashion (32) ______ want to change the traditional ao dai. Some have printed lines of
poetry on the ao dai, so they look modem and very fashionable. Other designers have taken
inspiration from Vietnam's ethnic minorities. They have visited villages and studied traditional
designs and symbols (33) ______ suns, stars, crosses, and stripes. They have added these patterns to
the ao dai, so Vietnamese women can continue to wear the unique dress, which is now (34) ______
traditional and fashionable.
(Adapted from English 9, 7-year Currie, p. 13. 14, Giao duc Publishing House)
Question 27. A. have mentioned B. is mentioning C. mention D. are mentioning
Question 28. A. dress B. coat C. shirt D. skirt
Question 29. A. alike B. unlike C. same D. different
Question 30. A. report B. tell C. work D. wear
Question 31. A. unless B. but C. though D. because
Question 32. A. doctors B. workers C. engineers D. designers
Question 33. A. because of B. such as C. so that D. in spite of
Question 34. A. as B. either C. both D. or
Questions 35-38: Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions: (1.0 point)
Question 35. I wish I am tall enough to get a job in the police.
A B C D
Questions 39-40: Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence
that is closest in meaning to each of the following questions. (0.5 point)
Question 39.You must do this exercise carefully.
A. This exercise must be done carefully. B. You can be done this exercise carefully.
C. You must be done this exercise carefully. D. This exercise must do carefully.
Question 40.She said “This birthday cake is delicious.”
A. She said if the birthday cake was delicious.
B. She said what the birthday cake was delicious.
C. She said that the birthday cake was delicious.
D. She said where the birthday cake was delicious.
SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO KỲ THI TUYỂN SINH LỚP 10 THPT NĂM HỌC 2020- 2021
THỪA THIÊN HUẾ Khóa ngày 18 tháng 7 năm 2020
Môn thi: TIẾNG ANH
ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC Thời gian làm bài : 60 phút ( không kể thời gian giao đề)
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) that is CLOSEST in
meaning to the underlined and bold part in each of the following questions from 1 to 2.
Question 1: He’s really over the moon at his success.
A. bored B. delighted C. annoyed D. tired
Question 2: I often ask my sister to look after the children while I am away on business.
A. look forward to B. take pun in C. pay attention to D. take care of
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to
complete each of the following exchanges from 3 to 4.
Question 3: Daniel and Bobby are talking on the phone.
Bobby: Would you like to have dinner with me?
Daniel: ______
A. Yes. It is. B. I’d love to. C. Me,too. D. So do I.
Question 4: Nick and Duong meet each other in the schoolyard.
Nick: How’s it going?
Duong:______
A. Fine. And you? B. Not bad. Why? C. Never mind! D. Many thanks.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is CLOSEST
in meaning to each of the following questions from 5 to 8.
Question 5: I don’t have a map, so I can’t show you the way .
A. Unless you had a map, I couldn't show you the way.
B. I can’t show you the way if I don’t have a map
C. Unless I have a map, I can’t show you the way.
D. I could show you the way if I had a map.
Question 6: CAROL WISHES HER HUSBAND COULD drive.
A. Carol’s husband hopes to drive well. B. Carol’s husband cannot drive.
C. Carol wishes she could drive. D. Carol thinks his husband could drive.
Question 7: This city it not as beautiful as my capital.
A. My capital is less beautiful than this city.
B. My capital is as beautiful as this city.
C. My capital is more beautiful than this city.
D. My capital is not so beautiful as this city.
Question 8: It rained during the match, but we enjoyed it.
A. It rained during the match and we enjoyed it.
B. Although it rained during the match, we enjoyed it.
C. It rained during the match because we didn’t enjoy it.
D. It didn’t rain during the match, so we enjoyed it
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word or phrase that best
completes each of the following sentences from 9 to 10.
Question 9: ______ is the language that you learn to speak from birth.
A. First language B. Second language C. Foreign language D. Official language
Question 10: We usually ______ ourselves by playing hide and seek or flying kites.
A. imagine B. entertain C. collect D. behave
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
DIFFERENT in meaning to each of the following questions from 11 to 14.
Question 11: We last went to Hanoi two weeks ago.
A. We haven't been to Hanoi for two weeks.
B. We have been to Hanoi for two weeks.
C. It's two weeks since we last went to Hanoi.
D. The last time we went to Hanoi was two weeks ago.
Question 12: I used to spend a lot of time playing computer games
A. I often spent a lot of time playing computer games.
B. I no longer spend a lot of time playing computer games.
C. I don’t spend a lot of time playing computer games any more.
D. I’m still spending a lot of time playing computer games.
Question 13: "Why don’t we stay at home and watch television?" he said
A. He suggested staying at home and watching television.
B. He suggested that they should stay at home and watch television.
C. His suggestion was that they should stay at home and watch television.
D. He wanted to know why they didn’t stay at home and watch television.
Question 14: It is necessary for you to finish the work by Saturday.
A. You don't need to finish the work by Saturday.
B. You need to finish the work by Saturday.
C. Finishing the work by Saturday is necessary to you.
D. Finishing the work by Saturday is A necessity for you.
the following questions from 15 to 25.
Question 15: The people ______ work with me are all professional.
A. who B. which C. whom D. whose
Question 16: She was very angry because John, her friend, refused ______ her a lift as he promised.
A. give B. to give C. gave D. giving
Question 17: If I have more free time next year, I _______ an English course.
A. may take B. takes C. would take D. took
Question 18: The government has made a big effort to solve the problem of air ______ in the country.
A. polluting B. pollute C. polluted D. pollution
Question 19:______ sun appears much larger and brighter than other stars because we are close to it.
A. An B. (no article) C. A D. The
Question 20: We really can’t ______ living like this. We’ll have to find a bigger house.
A. turn off B. go off C. go on D. turn on
Question 21: We suggest that the authorities ______ street children from following foreign tourists in
the downtown.
A. should stop B. will stop C. stopped D. would stop
Question 22: We ______ good friends for a long time.
A. are B. were C. will be D. have been
Question 23: Exploring Hue Citadel ______ night is one of the most wonderful things about our
excursion.
A. in B. on C. at D. about
Question 24: We should stop smoking ______ it is extremely harmful to our health.
A. despite B. although C. because of D. because
Question 25: Your mother sometimes buys you a big present, ______?
A. does she B. did she C. doesn’t she D. didn’t she
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in
meaning to the underlined and bold part in each of the following questions from 26 to 27.
Question 26: The number of tourists visiting Europe has decreased greatly since the outbreak of
COVID-19.
A. sharply B. heavily C. slightly D. remarkably
Question 27: The meeting was very important, so he had to arrive there on time.
A. lately B. punctually C. late D. punctual
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the
others three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions from 28 to 30.
Question 28: A. gallery B. animal C. attraction D. benefit
Question 29: A. invent B. invite C. happen D. produce
Question 30: A. practical B. different C. similar D. Vietnamese
the correct answer to each of the questions from 31 to 35.
The first thing to do when you have a trip abroad is to check that your passport is valid. Holders of
out-of-date passports are not allowed to trawl overseas. Then you can prepare for your trip. If you
don’t know the language, you can have all kinds of problems communicating with local people. Buying
a pocket dictionary can make a difference. You'll be able to order food, buy things in shops and ask for
directions. It's worth getting one.
Also, there’s nothing worse than arriving at your destination to find there are no hotels available.
The obvious way to avoid this is to book in advance. This can save you money, too. Another frustrating
thing that can happen is to go somewhere and not know about important sights. Get a guide book
before you leave and make the most of your trip. It's a must.
Then, when you are ready to pack your clothes, make sure they are the right kind. It's no good
packing sweaters and coats for a hot country or T-shirts and shorts for a cold one. Check the local
climate before you leave.
In addition, think carefully about how much you pack in your bags. It's easy to take too many
clothes and then not have enough space for souvenirs. But make sure you pack essentials. What
about money? Well, it’s a good idea to take some local currency with you but not too much. There are
conveniently located cash machines (ATMs) in big cities, and it’s usually cheaper to use them more
than change your cash in banks. When you are at your destination, other travellers often have great
information they are happy to share. It could enhance your travelling experience.
Question 31: What is the passage mainly about?
A. Tips for travellers overseas B. Things to avoid when you go abroad
C. getting a guide book D. How to find ATMs in big cities
Question 32: According to the passage, you should do all of the following before leaving EXCEPT
______.
A. checking that your passport is valid B. taking money from an ATM
C. getting a guide book D. preparing suitable clothes
Question 33: The word “This” in paragraph 2 refers to ______.
A. finding there are no hotels available B. booking hotels in advance
C. asking for direction D. saving money
Question 34: According to the passage, holders of out-of-date passports ______.
A. should ask for help from local people B. cannot travel to other countries
C. should buy a pocket dictionary D. cannot communicate with foreigners
Question 35: The word “essential” in paragraph 4 mostly means ______.
A. everything B. souvenir C. valuable D. necessities
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined
part differs from the others three in pronunciation in each of the following questions from
48 to 50.
Question 48: A. complained B. destroyed C. attracted D. arrived
Question 49: A. chemistry B. champion C. cheese D. children
Question 50: A. stops B. avoids C. obeys D. learns
SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐỀ THI TUYỂN SINH LỚP 10 TRUNG HỌC PHỔ THÔNG
VĨNH LONG NĂM HỌC 2021 -2022
Ngày thi: 29/5/2021
ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC Thời gian làm bài 60 phút
(Đề thi gồm 4 trang)
Mã đề: 265
Chọn phương án đúng (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để hoàn thành mỗi Question sau:
1. Would you mind ________ the sentence aloud, please?
A. read B. reading C. be reading D. be read
2. Space travel may cost millions; ________, few people in the world can afford it.
5. My favourite item of clothing is the blue T-shirt my ________ mother bought for me.
A. which B. who C. whom D. what
6. I don’t know anything about plumping, but if I knew, I ________ the leak myself.
A. fixed B. fix C. will fix D. would fix
7. I don’t know that because I ________ today’s newspaper yet.
A. don’t read B. am not reading C. haven’t read D. didn’t read
8. Yesterday, at the end of the city tour, the bus ________ us back to the hotel.
A. brought B. brings C. has brought D. brings
9. According to the police, the house was ________ down by the lightening.
A. burning B. burnt C. burn D burns
10. Jeans were expensive, ________?
A. were they B. was it C. weren’t they D. wasn’t it
11. Look! This jacket is on ________, let’s buy it.
A. cost B. help C. sale D. market
12. The church was badly ________ by the 1976 earthquake.
A. occurred B. help C. repaired D damaged
13. These flowers often grow on river ________ and near streams.
A. stop B. place C. bank D. wall
14. If factories pump their raw ________ into the sea, many fish will die out.
A. water B. trash C. sewage D. spill
15. The ________ of electricity always increases in hot water.
A. consume B. consumption C. consumes D. consumed
16. Because of the outbreak of COVID-19, the course has been shortened ________.
A. consider B. considerable C. considerably D. considering
Chọn phương án đúng nhất cho các tình huống giao tiếp sau:
17. - Nam: “I think we should all recycle our rubbish”.
- Nick: “________.”
A. Yes, I agree B. Yes, I’m glad too C. I’m fine, thanks D. No, thanks
18. - Nam: “Would you like me to wash the dishes for you?”
- Nick “________. That’s very kind of you”
A. Yes, please B. No, you won’t C. You’re right D. Nothing special
Chọn từ (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) ứng với từ có trọng âm chính nhấn vào âm tiết có vị trí
khác với ba từ còn lại:
19. A. abroad B. consist C. label D. attend
20. A. evidence B. temperature C. decorate D. effective
Chọn từ (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) có phần gạch chân được phát âm khác với ba từ còn lại:
21. A. site B. kite C. like D. hit
22. A. wanted B. loaded C. planned D. ended
Đọc kỹ đoạn văn sau và chọn phương án đúng (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) cho mỗi chỗ trống:
Alexander Mc Queen
Alexander McQueen is one of the world’s most famous clothes designers, He stated working in an
expensive clothes shop in London where he made clothes for people like Prince Charles and the
Russian leader Mikhail Gorbrachev. (23) ________ the 1990s, he decided to work on his own and he
(24) ________ his own fashion business.
Many rich and famous people became his customers and the clothes (25) ________ he made for them
were often unusual. Magazines and newspaper liked to write (26) ________ about his clothes and
about him. However, he wasn’t always pleasant to journalists so they didn’t always write nice things
about him. But McQueen never cared what anyone said about him.
Unfortunately, he (27) ________ in 2010 when he was only 41 years old.
23. A. In B. On C. At D. For
24. A. closed B. opened C. sold D. set
25. A. whose B. who C. which D. whom
26. A. books B. films C. programs D. articles
27. A. dies B. died C. die D. dying
Chọn phương án đúng (A hoặc B, C, D) ứng với Question có nghĩa gần nhất với mỗi Question
choẵn dưới đây:
28. “Can I have a day off tomorrow?” asked Emma.
A. Emma asked that she could have a day off tomorrow.
B. Emma asked if she can have a day off tomorrow.
C. Emma asked that if she could have a day off tomorrow.
D. Emma asked if she could have a day off the next day.
29. We held the Environment Day at our school last week.
A. The Environment Day was held at our school last week.
B. The Environment Day was hold at our school last week.
C. Last week at our school, the Environment Day is held
D. Last week at our school, the Environment Day is hold
Chọn phương án đúng (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để hoàn thành các Question sau:
30. He seldom writes to me. I wish ___________.
A. he writes to me more often C. he didn’t write to me often
B. he wrote to me more often D. He doesn’t write to me often
31. He can’t see well ___________.
A. unless he won’t wear his glasses C. is he not wear his glasses
B. unless he wears his glasses D. if he won’t wear his glasses
Đọc kỹ đoạn văn sau và chọn phương án đúng (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) cho mỗi Question hỏi:
If you have decided to be a doctor or an engineer, it’s easy to get information about how to become
one. It’s more difficult if you want to be an actor. Nobody can say, “First you do this, then you do that,
and one day you’re an actor”. But I can tell you some things that will help.
Learning to be an actor usually starts at school. Frama lessons and clubs can teach students many
things, including different ways of acting and how wo write their own plays. Writing helps you to
understand a lot about acting. But even more important s learning to work in a group with other
actors.
However, school lessons and clubs are only one part of learning about being an actor. Find small
theatre groups near where you live - and don’t worry about being the star! It doesn’t matter id you
only have one word to say in a play, it still helps you improve. You need to be on stage as much as
possible, in a variety of different types of plays.
When you finish school, you should think about studying at university. Of course, it’s possible to be
an actor without going to university, but doing a theatre course is a good idea for some people. These
courses may improve your acting, and also help you learn about a variety of subjects, such as
business, history, music and dance.
32. What is the best title for this text?
A. My Life as an Actor C. Different Types of Acting Jobs
B. How to Become an Actor D. Going to university may help
33. According to paragraph 1, if you want to become an actor, it’s difficult to.
A. decide if it’s a good job for you C. tell people why you want it
B. find out what you need to do D. compare with other jobs
34. The word “their” in paragraph 2 refers to.
A. schools’ B. lessons’ C. clubs’ D. students’
35. What advice does the writer give in paragraph 3?
A. Practice acting outside school. C. Learn about all kinds of jobs in theatres.
B. Meet theatre stars who live near you. D. Remember your words in the plays.
36. The phrases “a variety of” in paragraph 4 is closest meaning to.
A. many B. important C. unnecessary D. difficult
Chọn phương án (A hoặc B, C, D) ứng với từ/cụm từ có gạch chân cần phải sửa:
37. Last year’s storm was even more dangerous because it struck the village in night.
A B C D
38. I visited Tim to my birthday party, so I haven’t had a reply from him yet.
A B C D
39. Most students in my class like our English teacher because he has a good mood of humour.
A B C D
40. The worst drought which it occurred last summer damaged all the fruit crop in the region.
A B C D
HẢI DƯƠNG NĂM HỌC 2021 -2022
Ngày thi: 12/6/2021
ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC Thời gian làm bài 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề
(Đề thi gồm 4 trang)
Mã đề: 101
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the best answer to each of the
following questions. (4.0 points)
Question 1. The teacher ________ me that 1 had to prepare for the examination carefully.
A. told to B. said to C. spoke D. said
Question 2. The Smiths usually go out for dinner ______ Sundays.
A. by B. in C. advise D. package
Question 3. For Vietnamese people, Tet or Lunar New Year Holiday is the most important ______.
A. celebrating B. celebration C. celebrate D. celebrity
Question 4. If you don’t work harder, you _______successful.
A. wouldn’t be B. couldn’t be C. not be D. won’t be
Question 5. If Mary ________ here now, she would help me to solve this problem
A. was B. has been C. is D. would be
Question 6. I think this test _________ than the one we did last month.
A. as difficult B. more difficult C. the most difficult D. difficult
Question 7. Jack found an old corn while he _______ in the garden.
A. works B. was working C. is working D. working
Question 8. When I was a boy, I ________ swimming every morning.
A. use to go B. used to go C. used to going D. use to go
Question 9. It took us three days ________ our project on how to reduce water pollution.
A. to complete B. to complete C. completing D. to completing
Question 10. "Caroline, remember to ________ your coat before going out! It's very cold today,' sad the
mother.
A. put off B. put on C. take on D. take off
Question 11. The book _______ I read yesterday was written by Jack London.
A. which B. when C. what D. who
Question 12. In the changing world of work, nowadays people have to keep learning and be ________
for building their future.
A. responsible B. irresponsible C. dependent D. uncertain
Question 13. My friend is dreaming of becoming a(n) ________ because she will have many
opportunities to perform in the Grand Theater.
A. mechanic B. pharmacist C. know D. knew
Question 14. The bridge near my school _______ in the storm last week.
A. destroyed B. was destroyed C. is destroyed D. has destroyed
Question 15. The picture is beautiful, ________?
A. does it B. hasn’t it C. isn’t it D. wasn’t it
Question 16. ________ the bad weather, the train the tram to Yorkshire was delayed.
A. Although B. Because C. Because of D. In spite of
Question 17. Michael felt tired. _________, he went to work and tried to concentrate.
A. Therefore B. However C. So D. But
Question 18. Reading English books helps ________ my vocabulary and understand context where
words are used.
A. narrow B. weaken C. widen D. worsen
Question 19. David wishes he _________ the answer to this question.
A. know B. will know C. has known D. knew
Question 20. The monitor suggested ________ our summer holiday the mountain.
A. to have B. having C. had D. have
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to complete
each of the following exchanges. (1.0 point)
Question 21. Tom and John are talking about their weekend.
Tom: "Why dont we go to the beach this weekend, John?
John: “________”
A. Oh, well done! B. Yes, we do C. Yes, that's a good D. Sure, it is a pity.
idea.
Question 22. Peter Is talking about the hat Veronica is wearing.
Peter: "What a nice hat you are wearing, Veronica!'
Veronica: “________”
A. Yes, of course. B. No problem.
C. Thanks for your nice compliment. D. You're right.
Question 23. Jane and Cathy are talking in the garden.
Jane: "Would you like to join US for tinner tonight?'
Cathy: "________ I have something to do."
A. Yes, Thanks. B. Sorry, I can’t
C. That's great! D. Yes, I'd love to.
Question 24. Mai and Trang are talking in the classroom.
Mai: "Would you mind opening the window, Trang? It's a bit dark here."
Trang: “________”
A. Yes, let's. B. No, not at all. C. Yes, my pleasure. D. Yes, I would.
Question 25. Rebecca is talking to Jacob about his exam result.
Rebecca: "Congratulations, Jacob! You've got the highest score In your exam.'
Jacob: “_________”
A. No problem. B. Sorry to hear that.
C. That's very kind of you to say so D. None of your business.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word
that best fits each numbered blank. (1.0 point)
In Viet Nam, a market is a trading place, but many markets are not only about buying and selling
things. A traditional market is (26) ________ social gathering point for people of all ages and it is a
new and exciting experience for children. People go to the traditional market to buy and sell things, to
eat, drink, and play games and (27) _________. For example, if you go to Sa Pa Market, (28) ________ is
in the highlands in the north of Vet Nam, you can see people wear their nicest clothes and spend all
day long at the market. They buy things, play the flute, dance and sing. This is also time to meet, (29)
________ friends or look for lovers. Some (30) ________ countryside markets in the Mekong Delta are
held on boats. The most exciting time to enjoy the atmosphere of the markets is in the early morning.
Question 26. A. an B. a C. the D. no article
Question 27. A. B. socially C. social D. sociable
socialize
Question 28. A. who B. whom C. that D. which
Question 29. A. get B. do C. take D. make
Question 30. A. others B. other C. another D. each
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, c or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the best answer to each of the following questions. (1.0 point)
Saving energy does net have to be expensive or time-consuming. But what can you do to save energy?
There is plenty that you can do to help the process of energy conservation. You can save energy by
following these simple rules: making sure that the kettle does not contain more water than needed;
always washing a full load in the washing machine rather than a half load, turning down your central
heating by 10C – this could cut your heating bill 10%; being sure that hot water taps are not left
running and replacing washer if your tap drip; turning off any light and your computer at work if you
are not using them; changing to energy-saving light bulbs which use around a quarter of electricity of
standard bulbs and will last eight times longer; closing your curtains at dusk to keep the warm air
from escaping through the window; and switching off electrical appliances when they are not in use.
Question 31. The energy-saving light bulbs consume about _______ of electricity amount in
comparison with standard ones?
A. 25% B. 35% C. 15% D. 45%
Question 32. Which of the following sentences is NOT true, according to passage?
A. Turn of electrical appliances if we do not use them.
B. Energy-saving light bulbs should be used in order to save electricity.
C. The ways to save energy are not time-consuming or costly.
D. We should close curtains so that our house looks more beautiful.
Question 33. The word “cut” in the passage is closest in meaning to _________?
A. raise B. increase C. destroy D. reduce
Question 34. What is the main topic of the passage?
A. How to protect the environment
B. How to use light bulbs
C. How to keep your house warm
D. How to save energy
Question 35: The word “they” in the passage refers to __________.
A. windows B. curtains C. electrical D. ordinary bulbs
appliances
Mark the letter A, B, c or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following questions. (1.0 point)
Question 36. My neighbor usually looks up my dog when I am away on holiday.
A B C D
Question 37. Yesterday it rains heavily, so we couldn’t play football.
A B C D
Question 38. In my opinion, the Internet is a very fast and conveniently way to get information.
A B C D
Question 39. Bat Trang is one of the more famous traditional craft villages of Ha Noi.
A B C D
Question 40. Vera got used to speak Japanese when she worked in Tokyo.
A B C D
BẮK CẠN NĂM HỌC 2021 -2022
ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC MÔN THI: TIẾNG ANH

(Đề thi gồm 4 trang) Thời gian làm bài 90 phút
Part 1. Choose the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from
the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. (1.0 point)
1. A. proud B. about C. around D. would
2. A. wants B. kicks C. misses D. stops
3. A. kind B. sight C. fine D. thin
4. A. home B. hour C. hand D. hear

5. A. faced B. mended C. needed D. waited
Part 2. Choose the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the best answer to complete the following
sentences. (4.0 points)
6. I wish I ________ a good teacher in the future.
A. will become B. can become C. would become D. had become
7. The entrance examination will be held ________ June 15th 2021.
A. in B. on C. at D. to
8. Have you ever ________ a letter to the local authorities to complain about the public
transport in your town?
A. wrote B. writing C. written D. write
9. There have been many UFOs ________ reported.
A. sightings B. signs C. signals D. sights
10. Your sister doesn't work in a foreign company, ________?
A. is she B. does she C. was she D. did she
11. Nam: “Let's go to the beach this weekend.” - Son: “________”
A. You're welcome. B. That’s a good idea. C. Have a good trip. D. It's my pleasure.
12. If I ________ time, I will write to you.
A. to have B. will have C. had D. have
13. I was tired. ________, I went to bed early last night.
A. However B. Therefore C. Because D. So
14. Where are the photos ________ were taken at the Christmas party?
A. who B. which C. whom D. whose
15. The thing I like best about him is his ________ of humor.
A. sense B. kind C. mean D. form
16. He asked me if ________ to his birthday party the following night.
A. I come B. I would come C. I came D. I will come
17. Thousands of buildings in Japan ________ when the earthquake happened in 2014.
A. arc destroyed B. was destroyed C. were destroyed D. destroyed
18. I suggest that we ________ some money for poor children.
A. raise B. to raise C. raised D. raising
19. If you explained it to him more slowly, he ________ it.
A. understands B. would understand C. understood D. will understand
20. Many students enjoy ________ part in outdoor activities.
A. take B. to take C. taking D. took
21. I think I’ve lost my pen. I’ve ________ it everywhere but 1 can't find it
A. looked for B. looked in C. looked on D. looked at
22. Mary: "You look great in this new dress!" - Daisy:" ________.'
A. With pleasure B. Not at all
C. I’m glad you like it D. Don't say anything about it
23. We are saving money ________ we want to buy a new house.
A. so B. because C. if D. although
24. An: “Where is Linh now?"
Ba: “I don't know for sure. She ________ be in the school library."
A. may B. should C. will D. ought
25. Mrs. Thoa was very tired, ________ she tried to help her children with their homework.
A. If B. Because C. Or D. Although
Part 3. Choose the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined word/phrase that needs
correcting. (1.0 point)
26. An did her test carefull last week.
A B C D
27. I suggested to plant more trees along the street.
A B C D
28. Mv brother went to Japan for two months ago.
A B C D
29. The secretary whom sits at the first desk can give you more information.
A B C D
30. Although she doesn’t trust the weather forecasts, but she likes watching them.
A B C D
Part 4. Choose the letter A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage.
(1.0 point)
It’s a custom for all (31) __________ of a Chinese family to be present at home on the Eve Chinese
New Year for the reunion dinner. This custom is meant to symbolize the unity of the family for the
(32)__________ New Year. (33) __________ the reunion dinner, the younger member of the family must
serve tea to the elders as a show of respect. On the first five days of the Chinese New Year, no one in
the family is allowed to (34) __________ the floor. The Chinese believe that the act of sweeping will
drive away all the good luck (35) __________ the New Year could bring.
31. A. people B. members C. friends D. characters
32. A. to come B. come C. comes D. coming
33. A. After B. Before C. While D. When
34. A. clear B. clean C. sweep D. tidy
35. A. where B. who C. what D. which
Part 5. Read the passage carefully and choose A, B, C or D to indicate the best answer to the
questions (1.0 point)
Solar energy is a long lasting source of energy which can be used almost anywhere. To generate
solar energy, we only need solar cells and the sun! Solar cells can easily be installed on house roofs, so
no new space is needed and each user can quietly generate their own energy. Compared to other
renewable sources, they also possess many advantages. Wind and water power rely on turbines which
arc noisy, expensive and easy to break down. Solar cells arc totally silent and non-polluting. As they
have no moving parts, they require little maintenance and have a long lifetime.
However, solar energy also has sonic disadvantages. We can only generate solar energy during
daytime because the system depends on sunlight. Besides, solar cells require large area to work
effectively. The main disadvantage of solar energy is that it costs about twice as much as traditional
sources such as coal, oil, and gas. This is because solar cells arc expensive. Scientists are hoping that
the costs of solar cells will reduce as more and more people sec the advantages of this environmentally
friendly source of energy.
36. What does the passage mainly discuss?
A. Advantages and disadvantages of solar energy.
B. Solar energy’s advantages over other sources of energy.
C. The cost of solar energy.
D. Solar energy as an alternative for fossil fuels.
37. What does the word they in line 4 refer to?
A. solar energy users B. other renewable resources
C. advantages. D. solar cells
38. Which of the following is NOT a traditional source of energy?
A. solar energy B. oil C. coal D. gas
39. Which of die following is die main disadvantage of solar energy mentioned in the passage?
A. It is expensive. B. Solar cells require large areas to operate.
C. It is unfriendly to the environment. D. it depends on sunlight.
40. What does die word advantages in line 13 mean?
A. very bad B. resources C. benefits D. friendly
ĐẮK LẮK NĂM HỌC 2021 -2022
ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC Thời gian làm bài 60 phút
(Đề thi gồm 4 trang) Mã đề 135
I. Mark the letter A. B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best
combines each pair of sentences in the following questions.
Question 1. The boy lost several of his fingers because of firecracker. The doctors are operating
on him.
A. The doctors arc operating on the boy who lost several of his lingers because of firecrackers.
B. The boy who lost several of his fingers because of firecrackers in being operating on.
C. The boy whom the doctors are operating on him lost several of his fingers because of
firecrackers.
D. The doctors who are operating on the boy lost several of their fingers because of firecrackers.
Question 2. He worked die whole night last night. His eyes arc red now
A. If he didn't work the whole night, his eyes wouldn’t be red now.
B. Unless he worked the whole night last night, his eyes were red now
C. He worked the whole night last night, otherwise his eyes were red now.
D. If he hadn't worked the whole night butt night, his eyes wouldn't be red now
II. Mark the letter A. B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in
meaning to the underlined word(s) in the following questions.
Question 3. If you live in an extended family, you'll have great joy and get support of other
members.
A. nuclear family B. traditional family C. close family D. large family
III. Mark the letter A. B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in
meaning to the underlined word(s) in the following questions.
Question 4. With price increases on most necessities, many people have to tighten their belt
for fear of getting into financial difficulties.
A. put on tighter belts B. save on daily expenses
C. dress in loose clothes D. spend money freely
IV. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
As the coronavirus pandemic canceled or changed (5) __________ Americans’ travel plans, people
flocked to public lands in record numbers • many for the first lime. (6) __________ these outdoor
spaces are a vital haven to visitors trying to cope with the pandemiC, land managers are finding that
there’s a steep learning curve when it comes to these visitors' responsible use.
"The visitation that we typically saw on the weekend, we were seeing during die week", says Lawrence
Lujan, a United Stales Forest Service public affairs (7) __________. "And the visitation that we
typically saw during a holiday weekend, like the Fourth of July, we were seeing on weekends."
With increased use comes increased problems. Public land managers must content with people hiking
off trail, driving or parking off-road, trampling vegetation, not packing out trash and overcrowding.
This year’s uptick in visitation in going to continue. "Now, we're getting ready for an expected spike in
lull and winter recreation." says Lujan. Here’s how land managers, faced with a surge of visitors, are
working to regulate crowds and (8) __________their impact.
(Adapted from nationalgeographiC.com)
Question 5. A. every B. almost C. most D. much
Question 6. A. Because B. But C. Although D. Unless
Question 7. A. specialist B. specially C. specialty D. special
Question 8. A. increase B. enhance C. minimize D. make
V. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to each of the following questions.
Question 9. No other student in his class is as successful as Pat
A. The more successful his class is, the mote success Pat gets.
B. Pat is the most successful student in his class.
C. His class is less successful than Pat is.
D. Pat succeeded in beating all other students in his class
Question 10. Although his living conditions were not good, he studied very well.
A. Living in difficult conditions forced him to study very well
B. Living in good conditions, he had no choice but study well
C. Difficult as his living conditions were, he studied very well.
D. He studied very well just because he lived in difficult conditions.
VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from
the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 11. A. B. attendance C. compartment D. concentrate
affordable
Question 12. A. palace B. promote C. workshop D. patient
VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Are Sports Bad for Kids?
People think children should play sports. Sports are fun, and children slay healthy while playing with
others. However, playing sports can have negative effects on children. It may produce feelings of poor
self-esteem or aggressive behavior in some children According to research on kids and sports. 40
million kids play sports in tile US. Of these. 18 million say they have been yelled at or called name',
while playing sports This leaves many children with a bad impression of sports. They think sport! arc
just too aggressive.
Many researchers believe adults, especially parents and coaches, arc die main cause of too much
aggression in children's sports. They believe children copy aggressive adult behavior. This behavior is
then further reinforced through both positive and negative feedback. Parents and coaches ate powerful
teachers because children usually look up to them Often these adults behave aggressively themselves,
sending children the message that winning is everything. At children's sporting events, parents may
yell insults al other players or cheer when their child behaves aggressively. As well, children may be
taught that hurting other players is acceptable, or they may be pushed to continue playing even when
they are injured. In addition, die media makes violence seem exciting. Children watch adult sports
games and see violent behavior replayed over and over on television.
As a society, we really need to face up to this problem and do something about it. Parents and coaches
should act as better examples for children. They also need to teach children better values They should
teach children to enjoy themselves whether they win or not. It is not necessary to knock yourself out to
enjoy sports. Winning is not everything. In addition, children should not be allowed to continue to play
when they are injured. Sending a child with an injury into a game gives the child the that health is
not as important as winning. If we make some basic changes, children might learn to enjoy sports
again.
Question 13. How many children said they had some negative experience when playing
sports?
A. less than half of the children
B. All of the children
C. About ten percent of the children
D. More than half of the children
Question 14. Which is described AS the num cause of more aggressive playing?
A. New rules in sports B. Other players
C. Adults D. Children with low grades in school
Question 15. What does the writer suggest?
A. Aggressive sports should not be shown on television.
B. Parents should leach children to play sports for fun and exercise.
C. Children should not play sports until high school.
D. Coaches should be required to study child psychology.
Question 16. What would probably NOT be done when facing up to a problem"?
A. Looking for a solution B. ignoring the problem
C. Admitting there is a problem D. Finding the reason
Question 17. What is the main idea of thee reading?
A. Some sports can cause health problems.
B. Children often become like their parents
C. Playing sports may have negative results.
D. children need to play sports in school.
VIII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 18. A. attraction B. applicant C. education D. language
Question 19. A. serves B. hopes C. likes D. writes
IX. Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of
Question 20. Peter _________ come with us tonight, but he isn't quite sure' yet.
A. can B. may C. will D. must

Question 21. Huong really regrets _________ out of high school, She has really had to struggle
to make her living because of that decision.
A. dropping B. drop C. to drop D. to have dropped
Question 22. At 5 o’clock yesterday evening, my elder sister _________ her clothes .
A. ironed B. is ironing C. has ironed D. was ironing
Question 23. I suggested that Mai _________ the shop on Nguyen Tat Thanh street.
A. tries B. would try C. try D. tried
Question 24. _________ Internet is very popular, many older people do not know how to use it.
A. Despite B. Nevertheless C. Even though D. However
Question 25. If people paid more attention to sharing household chores, the family life
_________ happier.
A. had been B. would have been C. will be D. would be
Question 26. It took him years to _________ the shock of his wife dying.
A. go off B. get over C. put off D. take on
Question 27. All of my friends have got smart phones I wish I _________ one too?
A. have B. had had C. have had D. had
Question 28. The environmental impact of tourism can be shocking and upsetting, but many
governments think it is _________.
A. comprehensive B. bad C. acceptable D. negative
Question 29. This is very _________! Can't you practise your violin somewhere else?
A. conveniently B. convenient C. convenience D. inconvenient
Question 30. Good health and methods of study are very necessary, or _________ for success in
college.
A. available B. dependable C. efficient D. essential
Question 31. Schools will be more responsive ________ changes in society by constantly
tailoring their curriculum and activities.
A. with B. for C. of D. to
Question 32. The man ________ design had been chosen stepped to the platform to receive the
award.
A. which B. whom C. that D. whose
Question 33. Our class ________ into four groups when we have English lessons.
A. is usually divided B. be divided usually C. usually divided D. is dividing usually
Question 34. We have to educate the public about wildlife, _______?
A. don’t we B. have we C. haven’t we D. do we

Question 35. Overpopulation tends to create conditions which may result in _________ of food
in developing countries.
A. surpluses B. supplies C. shortages D. failures
X . Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the option that best
Question 36. Two friends are talking to each other at a class reunion
- Mai: “_________”
- Lan "I work at a bank."
A. What do you do for a living. I-an’ B. Where did you work Lan?
C. How do you do, Lan? D. How are you going. Lan?
Question 37. Jack and Peter arc talking about time management skill.
- Jack: "What do you think about time management skill?"
- Peter: “__________”
A. I can’t help thinking about if B. I quite agree with you.
C. It is on important life skill. D. It’s time to go
XI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that
needs correction in each of the following questions.
Question 38. I told him to pass the word to Jane somehow that I will try to reach her during
the early hours.
A. the early hours B. will try C. to D. told
Question 39. A basic knowledge of social studies, such as history and geography, are
considered a basic part of the education of every child.
A. basic B. history C. are D. child
Question 40. Brunei is one of the smallest but most rich countries in the world.
A. most rich B. smallest C. in D. one

SÁCH LUYỆN 10 - HS. ly tu trong

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SÁCH LUYỆN 10 - HS. ly tu trong

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ly Tu Trong Secondary School

3. WORD FORMS ............................................................................................................................................ 12

6. VERB FORMS .............................................................................................................................................. 33

7. WISH CLAUSE ............................................................................................................................................ 37

10. REPORTED SPEECH .......................................................................................................................... 45

11. PASSIVE VOICE ...................................................................................................................................... 51

12. RELATIVE CLAUSES .......................................................................................................................... 56

13. TAG QUESTION ...................................................................................................................................... 61

14. CONJUNCTIONS .................................................................................................................................... 63

15. PHRASAL VERBS .................................................................................................................................. 65

16. COMMUNICATIVE FUNCTION .................................................................................................... 66

18. PREPOSITIONS ...................................................................................................................................... 75

19. MISTAKES .................................................................................................................................................. 83

20. CẤU TRÚC ĐẶC BIỆT ........................................................................................................................... 85

READING COMPREHENSION .............................................................................................................. 88

PRACTICE TESTS ........................................................................................................................................100

Quy tắc Ví dụ Ngoại lệ

Nhóm chữ cái Cách phát âm thường gặp Ví dụ

Nhóm chữ cái Cách phát âm thường gặp Ví dụ

-qu- /kw/ queen, require

Chữ cái – Trường hợp thường gặp Ví dụ

Hậu tố tạo động từ:

Tiên tố phủ định Ví dụ

Hậu tố tạo danh từ

TIỀN TỐ CÓ DẤU GẠCH NỐI

Bảng từ loại thông dụng

Động từ Danh từ Tính từ Trạng từ

1 Despite his , he succeeded in learning foreign language.

I. THÌ HIỆN TẠI (PRESENT TENSES)

2. Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn (Present Continuous Tense)

5. Động từ chỉ trạng thái (Stative verbs)

II. PAST TENSES

2. Thì quá khứ tiếp diễn (Past Continuous Tense)

III. FUTURE TENSES

2. Thì tương lai tiếp diễn (Future Continuous Tense)

1I Nottingham Trent University now.

I. Phân loại tính từ (Classification of adjectives)

II. Phân từ dung làm tính từ (Participles functioning as adjectives)

III. Danh từ dùng làm tính từ (Nouns functioning as adjectives)

3. Bổ ngữ của tân ngữ (objective complement)

4. Bổ ngữ của chủ ngữ (subjective complement)

Cách thành lập các dạng tính từ kép:

b. At the end of a day’s work, she is often .

II. Choose the correct word.

2. The football match was quite (exciting/ excited). I enjoyed it.

7. I didn’t find the situation funny. I was not (amusing/ amused).

III. Complete eaeh sentence using a word from the list.

IV. Put the adjectives in brackets in the correct position.

7. big clouds (black)

happen hesitate hope manage learn neglect offer plan prepare

Ví dụ: He offered to buy me some fruit.

IV. Động từ kết hợp với 'object + to V'

Question 9. I wish I ____ tall enough to take part in the game.

2.Quá khứ giả định (Past subjunctive)

3. Quá khứ hoàn thành giả định (Past perfect subjunctive)

1 I wish that the weather not so cold.

10. REPORTED SPEECH

2. Thay đổi trạng từ thời gian, địa điểm và từ chỉ định

1.2.Trường hợp KHÔNG thay đổi thì động từ

11. PASSIVE VOICE

Cấu trúc chủ động : Subject + Verb + Object

II. Cấu trúc Question bị động (Passive structures)

Be going to S + be going to + V(bare) + 0 Sue is going 0 + be going to be + P2 + (by + S) English is

III. Những dạng bị động đặc biệt (Special passive forms)

_ Hết _